Brocade Communications Systems 8 Command Reference Manual
Brocade Communications Systems 8 Command Reference Manual

Brocade Communications Systems 8 Command Reference Manual

Fabric os command reference manual supporting fabric
Hide thumbs Also See for 8:
Table of Contents

Advertisement

53-1001764-02
®
13 September 2010
Fabric OS
Command Reference Manual
Supporting Fabric OS v6.4.0

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Summary of Contents for Brocade Communications Systems 8

  • Page 1 53-1001764-02 ® 13 September 2010 Fabric OS Command Reference Manual Supporting Fabric OS v6.4.0...
  • Page 2 Copyright © 2006-2010 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Brocade, the B-wing symbol, BigIron, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, IronPoint, IronShield, IronView, IronWare, JetCore, NetIron, SecureIron, ServerIron, StorageX, and TurboIron are registered trademarks, and DCFM, Extraordinary Networks, and SAN Health are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries.
  • Page 3: Document History

    Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated Corporate and Latin American Headquarters Asia-Pacific Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd. 130 Holger Way No. 1 Guanghua Road San Jose, CA 95134 Chao Yang District Tel: 1-408-333-8000 Units 2718 and 2818 Fax: 1-408-333-8101 Beijing 100020, China Email: info@brocade.com...
  • Page 4 Added 14 new commands to November 2008 support Logical Fabrics. Modified 63 commands with new command operands to support new Fabric OS v6.2.0 features. Removed 8 deprecated commands. Miscellaneous edits to ~40 commands to correct edits, update examples etc. Removed standby CP command table.
  • Page 5 Modified 16 help pages for minor updates and corrections. Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-01 Added 8 new commands. March 2010 Modified 41 commands with new operands to support Fabric OS v6.4.0 features. Removed 5 commands and 3 deprecated command options.
  • Page 6 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 7: Table Of Contents

    Contents About This Document In this chapter ......... . . xxi How this document is organized .
  • Page 8 aliDelete..........45 aliRemove .
  • Page 9 chassisConfig ......... .104 chassisDisable .
  • Page 10 errDump..........222 errFilterSet .
  • Page 11 fcrLsanCount ......... . .287 fcrLsanMatrix.
  • Page 12 fwFruCfg ..........369 fwHelp .
  • Page 13 iscsiHelp..........458 iscsiPathTest .
  • Page 14 nbrStatsClear......... . .521 nodeFind .
  • Page 15 portAlpaShow ......... .606 portBeacon .
  • Page 16 portLogConfigShow ........712 portLogDisable .
  • Page 17 secActiveSize ......... . .824 secAuthCertificate.
  • Page 18 supportSave ......... . .908 supportShow .
  • Page 19 turboRamTest ......... .986 upTime .
  • Page 20 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 21: About This Document

    About This Document In this chapter • How this document is organized ........xxi •...
  • Page 22 • Brocade 5300 • Brocade 5410 • Brocade 5480 • Brocade 5424 • Brocade 5450 • Brocade 5460 • Brocade 5470 • Brocade 7500 • Brocade 7500E • Brocade 7600 • Brocade 7800 Extension Switch • Brocade 8000 FCoE Switch •...
  • Page 23: What Is New In This Document

    What is new in this document The Fabric OS v6.4.0 Command Reference documents updates and corrections to support the current Fabric OS release and the new Brocade FC8-64 port blade. NEW COMMANDS The following commands and associated man pages have been added since the publication of the Fabric OS v6.3.1 release of this manual: •...
  • Page 24 • fcipPathTest - Revised, updated examples. • turboRamtest - Revised, updated examples. • portLedTest - Updated examples. • portLoopBackTest - - Updated examples. Dynamic area mode on default switch • configure - New option to enable or disable Dynamic Area Mode. •...
  • Page 25 FCIP • portCfg - Updated for IPv6, advanced compression, and DSCP configuration support. Minimum committed rate has changed from 1,544 kbps to 10000 Kbps. Keep Alive default is now 1000 • portCfgShow - Updated for IPv6 configuration support • portShow - Updated to display new portCfg options and values. FCping •...
  • Page 26 • portEnable • portDisable • portLogDump • portCfgSpeed • portStatsClear • portStatsShow • portCfgShow • portCfgEport • portCfgPersistentDisable • portCfgPersistentEnable • portName • portPerfShow • portLogDump • portShow Security • authUtil - Support for FCAP configuration. • fipsCfg - Verbose output (interactive) for zeroize operations. •...
  • Page 27: Deprecated Commands

    Fabric OS Infrastructure supportSave - New timeout multplier. DEPRECATED COMMANDS Information that was removed or deprecated since this document was last released: Advanced Performance Monitoring The following commands are being deprecated. These commands are still operational in the Fabric OS v6.4 release and man pages have been retained, but they are incompatible with new fmConfig command.
  • Page 28: Document Conventions

    Document conventions Modem support The dial-in feature via modem is no longer supported as Fabric OS v6.4.0. Help for the following command has been removed: • setModem WebTools configuration The following commands to set and display the Java plug-in for WebTools are no longer supported as Fabric OS v6.4.0.
  • Page 29: Command Syntax Conventions

    Document conventions Command syntax conventions Command syntax in the synopsis section follows these conventions: command Commands are printed in bold. --option, option Command options are printed in bold. -argument, arg Arguments are printed in bold. Optional element. variable Variables are printed in italics. In the help pages, values are underlined or enclosed in angle brackets <...
  • Page 30: Key Terms

    Document conventions Key terms For definitions specific to Brocade and Fibre Channel, see the technical glossaries on the Brocade Web site. See “Brocade resources” on page xxx for instructions on accessing the information. For definitions of SAN-specific terms, visit the Storage Networking Industry Association online dictionary at: http://www.snia.org/education/dictionary Notice to the reader...
  • Page 31: Other Industry Resources

    Document conventions For additional Brocade documentation, visit the Brocade SAN Info Center and click the Resource Library location: http://www.brocade.com Release notes are available on the Brocade Web site and are also bundled with the Fabric OS firmware. Other industry resources For additional resource information, visit the Technical Committee T11 Web site.
  • Page 32: Document Feedback

    Document conventions • Brocade 7500E, 7800, and 8000—On the pull-out tab on the left side of the port side of the switch • Brocade 5000—On the switch ID pull-out tab located on the bottom of the port side of the switch •...
  • Page 33: Chapter 1 Using Fabric Os Commands

    Chapter Using Fabric OS Commands In this chapter • Understanding role-based access control ......1 •...
  • Page 34: Understanding Virtual Fabric Restrictions

    Understanding Virtual Fabric restrictions NOTE Virtual Fabrics and Admin Domains are mutually exclusive and are not supported at the same time on a switch. To use Admin Domains, you must first disable Virtual Fabrics; to use Virtual Fabrics, you must first delete all Admin Domains. Use ad --clear -f to remove all Admin Domains. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for more information.
  • Page 35: Understanding Admin Domain Restrictions

    Understanding Admin Domain restrictions Understanding Admin Domain restrictions A subset of Fabric OS commands is subject to Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. In order to execute an AD-restricted command on a switch or device, the switch or device must be part of a given Admin Domain, and the user must be logged in to that Admin Domain.
  • Page 36 Using the command line interface Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 37: Chapter 2 Fabric Os Commands

    Chapter Fabric OS Commands aaaConfig Manages RADIUS and LDAP configuration information. Synopsis aaaconfig aaaconfig --show aaaconfig --add | --change server -conf radius|ldap [-p port] [-d domain][-t timeout] [-s secret] [-a chap | pap | peap-mschapv2] aaaconfig --remove server -conf radius|ldap aaaconfig --move server -conf radius|ldap to_position aaaconfig --authspec aaa1[;aaa2 [-backup] aaaconfig --help...
  • Page 38 aaaConfig Notes Customers can use centralized RADIUS servers to manage AAA services for a switch, as defined in the RFC 2865 RADIUS specification. Fabric OS v6.1.0 and later is required to configure LDAP while in FIPS mode. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for configuration procedures.
  • Page 39 -s secret Specifies a common secret between the switch and the RADIUS server. The secret must be between 8 and 40 characters long. This option is valid only with the -conf radius option, and it is optional. The default value is sharedsecret.
  • Page 40 aaaConfig “radius” When “radius” is specified, the first RADIUS server is contacted. If the RADIUS server is not reachable, the next RADIUS server is contacted. If the authentication fails, the authentication process does not check for the next server in the sequence. “ldap”...
  • Page 41 aaaConfig To replace the AAA service with backup option: switch:admin> aaaconfig --authspec “ldap;local” -backup See Also none Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 42 Manages Admin Domain operations. Synopsis ad --activate ad_id ad --add ad_id [-d “dev_list”] [-s “switch_list”] ad --apply ad --clear [-f] ad --create ad_id [-d "dev_list"] [-s "switch_list"] ad --deactivate ad_id ad --delete ad_id ad --exec ad_id "command_list" ad --remove ad_id [-d "dev_list"] [-s "switch_list"] ad --rename ad_id new_ad_id ad --save ad --select ad_id...
  • Page 43 All switches, switch ports and devices in the fabric that are not specified in any other Admin Domain are treated as implicit members of AD0. Members added to AD0 are called explicit members. When a new Admin Domain is created, the members included in the new Admin Domain are automatically removed from the implicit member list of AD0.
  • Page 44 --create arguments Creates a new Admin Domain with optionally specified device or switch members. A newly created Admin Domain is in an activated state. It initially contains no zone database. The newly created Admin Domain remains in the transaction buffer until you issue ad --apply or ad --save. AD0 always exists.
  • Page 45 --select arg Selects an Admin Domain context. This command fails if the corresponding Admin Domain is not activated. This operation succeeds only if you have the specified Admin Domain. This command internally spawns off a new shell within the requested Admin Domain context. Type logout or exit to exit from the selected Admin Domain.
  • Page 46 number An Admin Domain can be specified by a number. Valid values include 0 through 255. AD0 and AD255 are always active. AD0 cannot be specified with --activate, --deactivate or --delete actions. AD255 can be specified only with --exec, --show and --validate actions. For all command iterations, with the exception of ad --create, the Admin Domain is specified either by a name or a number.
  • Page 47 -m mode Specifies the mode in which Admin Domain configuration information is displayed. This operand is valid only with --show and --validate. Valid values for mode include: Displays the Admin Domain configuration in the current transaction buffer. Displays the Admin Domain configuration stored in persistent memory (defined configuration).
  • Page 48 Current AD: 255 : AD255 Transaction buffer configuration: --------------------------------- no configuration Defined configuration: ---------------------- AD: 1 : Active Device WWN members: 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:37; 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:55; Switch port members: 1,0; 1,1; 1,2; 1,3; 1,4; 1,5; 1,6; 1,7; 1,8; 1,9; 1,10; 1,11; Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 49 Device WWN members: 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:37; 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:55; Switch port members: 1,0; 1,1; 1,2; 1,3; 1,4; 1,5; 1,6; 1,7; 1,8; 1,9; 1,10; 1,11; 1,12; 1,13; 1,14; 1,15; Switch WWN members: 10:00:00:60:69:00:02:53; To display the AD1 configuration information in the transaction buffer: switch:admin> ad --show 1 -m 0...
  • Page 50 10:00:00:00:00:13:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:14:00:00; AD Number: AD Name: ad2 State: Inactive Device WWN members: 10:00:00:06:2b:12:68:2b; 10:00:00:06:2b:12:68:3f; Switch port members: 1,8; 69,16; AD Number: AD Name: AD3 State: Inactive Device WWN members: 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88*; 10:00:00:06:2b:12:64:54; Switch port members: 3,28; 3,29; 3,30; 3,31; 69,16; 69,18; 69,19; 69,21; 1,115;...
  • Page 51 Switch port members: 2,52; 2,53; 2,54; 2,55; 21,5; 3,28; 3,29; 98,72; 98,75; 69,16; 69,18; 69,21; 1,336; 1,337; AD Number: AD Name: AD55 State: Inactive Device WWN members: 10:00:00:00:00:03:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:04:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:12:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:11:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:13:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:14:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:05:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:06:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:08:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:01:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:02:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:18:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:16:00:00; 10:00:00:00:00:17:00:00;...
  • Page 52 Enables Access Gateway (AG) and manages AG-specific operations. Synopsis ag --help ag --show ag --modeshow | --modeenable |--modedisable ag [--policyenable | --policydisable] policy ag --policyshow ag --mapshow [N_Port] ag [--mapset | --mapadd |--mapdel] N_Port [F_Port1; F_Port2;...] ag --pgshow [pgid] ag --pgcreate- pgid “N_Port1 [;N_Port2;...]” [-n pgname] [-m "lb; mfnm”] ag [--pgadd | --pgdel] pgid “N_Port1 [;...
  • Page 53 ag --delwwnfailovermapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]"|--all ag --wwnmappingenable "WWN [;WWN2;...]"|--all ag --wwnmappingdisable "WWN [;WWN2;...]"|--all Description Use this command to perform the following Access Gateway management functions: • Enable or disable Access Gateway mode. • Display current configuration and state of AG. •...
  • Page 54: Ag [--Policyenable | --Policydisable] Policy

    AG is supported only on selected Brocade hardware platforms. Refer to the Access Gateway Administrator’s Guide for Hardware support and AG configuration procedures. In non-AG mode, the only two actions available are --modeenable and --modeshow. Operands This command has the following operands: Displays the command usage.
  • Page 55 auto Enables the automatic port configuration policy. When enabled, this policy applies to all ports on the switch. All F_Port to N_Port mapping and port group configurations are ignored. Enables the advanced device security (ADS) policy. When enabled, this policy applies to all the ports on the switch.
  • Page 56: Ag --Pgcreate- Pgid "N_Port1 [;N_Port2

    pgshow [pgid] Displays the Port Group configuration. The port grouping feature supports specifying a set of N_Ports to be included in the Port Group (PG) Policy. The factory default PG is "pg0", which includes all N_Ports. The default PG cannot be removed or renamed.
  • Page 57: Ag [--Failoverenable | --Failoverdisable] N_Port

    mfnm Enables the managed fabric name monitoring mode (MFNM) in the specified port group. This command changes the fabric name monitoring mode from “default” to “managed”. In both default and managed mode, the system queries the fabric name once every 120 seconds, and if it detects an inconsistency, for example, if the port group is connected to multiple fabrics, it triggers a RASLOG message.
  • Page 58 --failbackenable [N_Port | -pg pgid] Enables the failback policy for a specified N_Port or for all N_Ports in the given port group. When failback policy is enabled, ports behave as follows: • If only primary F_Port to N_Port mapping is in place, all F_Ports are automatically rerouted back to the N_Ports to which they were originally mapped as those N_Ports come back online.
  • Page 59: Ag --Persistentalpaenable 1 | 0 Mode

    --adsadd "F_Port [;F_Port2;...]" "WWN [;WWN2;...]" Adds the specified WWNs to the list of devices allowed to login to the specified F_Ports. Lists must be enclosed in double quotation marks. List members must be separated by semicolons. Replace the F_Port list with an asterisk (*) to add the specified WWNs to all the F_Ports' allow lists.
  • Page 60 The --all option indicates all device WWNs already mapped, for example, if you wish to change an existing WWN mapping. It does not affect device WWNs that are not part of an existing mapping. --delwwnmapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]"|--all Removes the mapping of one or more device WWNs to a preferred N_Port. The --all option removes the mapping for all device WWNs currently mapped to the specified N_Port.
  • Page 61 N_Port information : Port PortID Attached PWWN FO FB IP_Addr F_Ports ----------------------------------------------------------- 0x6d0a00 20:0a:00:05:1e:37:11:aa 1 0 10.32.74.109 4;5;6; 0x6d0b00 20:0b:00:05:1e:37:11:aa 0 1 10.32.74.109 7;8;9; 0x6d0c00 20:0c:00:05:1e:37:11:aa 1 0 10.32.74.109 10;11; 0x6d0d00 20:0d:00:05:1e:37:11:aa 0 1 10.32.74.109 12;13; ----------------------------------------------------------- F_Port information : Port PortID...
  • Page 62 switch:admin> ag --modeshow Access Gateway mode is NOT enabled. AG group policy commands To show current policies: switch:admin> ag --policyshow AG Policy Policy Name State ---------------------------------------------------------- Port Grouping Enabled Auto Port Configuration auto Disabled Advanced Device Security Disabled WWN Based Load Balancing wwnloadbalance Disabled ---------------------------------------------------------- To enable a port grouping policy:...
  • Page 63 AG port mapping commands To display current port mappings and port grouping policies: switch:admin> ag --mapshow N_Port Configured_F_Ports Current_F_Ports Failover Failback PG_ID PG_Name ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4;5;6 4;5;6 SecondFabric 7;8;9 7;8;9 10;11 10;11 SecondFabric 12;13 12;13 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Explanation of fields in --mapshow output: Current F_Ports are the F_Ports that are currently online and mapped to a given N_Port either because they are mapped to that N_Port or as a result of N_Port failover.
  • Page 64 switch:admin> ag --prefdel 5 2 Preferred N_Port is deleted successfully for the F_Port[s] switch:admin> ag --mapdel 2 “5” F_Port to N_Port mapping has been updated successfully NOTE: Preferred Port commands are discussed in detail below. AG failover policy commands To display failover policy settings for all N_Ports: switch:admin>...
  • Page 65 switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 2 Failback on N_Port 2 is supported Port Group commands To display Port Group information: switch:admin> ag --pgshow PG_ID PG_Name PG_Mode N_Ports F_Ports ----------------------------------------------- lb,mfnm 10;11 SecondFabric 4;5;6 ----------------------------------------------- To create a port group “FirstFabric” that includes N_Ports 1 and 3 and has login balancing enabled: switch:admin>...
  • Page 66 10;11 12;13 7;8;9 ------------------------------------------ To delete secondary port mapping for F_Ports 7, 8 and 9: switch:admin> ag --prefdel “7;8;9” 3 Preferred N_Port is deleted successfully for the F_Port[s] To set secondary port mapping for F_Ports 7, 8 and 9: switch:admin> ag --prefset “7;8;9” 3...
  • Page 67 To add a two new device to the lists of allowed devices for ports 1 and 9: switch:admin> ag –-adsadd "3;9" "20:03:08:00:88:35:a0:12;21:00:00:e0:8b:88:01:8b" WWNs added successfully to Allow Lists of the F_Port[s] To display the lists of allowed devices on the switch: switch:admin>...
  • Page 68 Hash Table is empty Device WWN mapping commands To create a WWN to N_Port mapping for two devices. switch:admin> ag --addwwnmapping 8 “0:12:00:05:1e:85:92:88; 0:12:00:05:1e:85:92:88” To delete one of the device WWN to N_Port mappings. switch:admin> ag --delwwnmapping 8 “0:12:00:05:1e:85:92:88” To create a WWN to port group mapping for all currently mapped devices (this command does not affect devices not already mapped or connecting later).
  • Page 69 To display the WWN mappings when WWN load balancing policy is enabled: switch:admin> ag --wwnmapshow Static Device Mapping Information: WWN, 1st N_Port 2nd N_Port PG_ID Current Enabled ---------------------------------------------------------------- No static mappings are defined ---------------------------------------------------------------- Dynamic Device Mapping Information: WWN, 1st N_Port 2nd N_Port PG_ID Current Enabled ---------------------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:06:2b:11:52:df 23 None...
  • Page 70: Agautomapbalance

    agAutoMapBalance agAutoMapBalance Controls automatic remapping of F_Ports in AG mode. Synopsis agautomapbalance --enable [-fport | -nport] [-pg Port_Group_Number | -all] agautomapbalance --disable [-fport | -nport] [-pg Port_Group_Number | -all] agautomapbalance --force agautomapbalance --show agautomapbalance --help Description Use this command to control the automatic rebalancing of F_Ports for login distribution in the event that an F_Port goes offline or an N_Port comes online.
  • Page 71 agAutoMapBalance -nport Enables automatic login redistribution in the event that one or more N_Ports come online. When automatic login redistribution is enabled, the F_Ports mapped to the current N_Ports are rebalanced among the N_Ports. Disables automatic login redistribution upon removal or addition of a --disable specified port type.
  • Page 72 agAutoMapBalance To enable automatic login redistribution on F_Ports and N_Ports on port group 1 in the Access Gateway: switch:admin> agautomapbalance --enable -fport pg 1 To disable automatic login redistribution on F_Ports and N_Ports on all port groups in the Access Gateway: switch:admin>...
  • Page 73: Agshow

    agShow agShow Displays the Access Gateway information registered with the fabric. Synopsis agshow --name [ag_name] | [--local] Description This command displays the details of the F_Ports and the configured N_Ports in the Access Gateway attached to the fabric shows the following information. Name The name of the Access Gateway.
  • Page 74 agShow 0x010208 10:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:86 0x01020a 10:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b9 To display the locally registered Access Gateways: switch:admin> agshow --local Worldwide Name Ports Enet IP Addr Firmware Local/Remote Name --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:04:06:ae 10.32.173.64 v6.0.0 local L5D2_B14_4024_1 To display all Access Gateways attached to the fabric: switch:admin> agshow Worldwide Name Ports Enet IP Addr Firmware...
  • Page 75: Aliadd

    aliAdd aliAdd Adds a member to a zone alias. Synopsis aliadd “aliName”, “member[; member...]” Description Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone alias. The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command.
  • Page 76: Alicreate

    aliCreate aliCreate Creates a zone alias. Synopsis alicreate “aliName”, “member[; member...]” Description Use this command to create a new zone alias. The zone alias member list must have at least one member (empty lists are not allowed). The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias. Refer to the zoneCreate command for more information on name and member specifications.
  • Page 77: Alidelete

    aliDelete aliDelete Deletes a zone alias. Synopsis alidelete “aliName” Description Use this command to delete a zone alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the zone configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
  • Page 78: Aliremove

    aliRemove aliRemove Removes a member from a zone alias. Synopsis aliremove “aliName”, “member[; member...]” Description Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone alias. If all members are removed, the zone alias is deleted. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command.
  • Page 79: Alishow

    aliShow aliShow Displays zone alias information. Synopsis alishow ["pattern"][, mode] Description Use this command to display zone configuration information. Use the pattern operand to display only matching zone alias names in the defined configuration. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 80: Aptpolicy

    aptPolicy aptPolicy Changes or displays the Advanced Performance Tuning (APT) policy. Synopsis aptpolicy [policy] aptpolicy -ap [ap_policy] Description Use this command to display and change the advanced performance tuning (APT) policies on a switch. Several internal performance tuning parameters can be modified with this command. The default parameters (AP shared Link Policy) are optimized for most SAN applications;...
  • Page 81 aptPolicy Exchange-based routing policy (default). With this policy, the path chosen for an ingress frame is based on all of the following items: • The ingress port on which the frame was received. • The FC address of the source fabric device (SID) for this frame. •...
  • Page 82 aptPolicy 0: AP Shared Link Policy 1: AP Dedicated Link Policy See Also dlsReset, dlsSet, dlsShow, switchDisable Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 83: Auditcfg

    auditCfg auditCfg Modifies and displays the audit log filter configuration. Synopsis auditcfg --class audit_class auditcfg --enable |--disable auditcfg --severity severity_level auditcfg --show Description Use this command to configure the audit logging and to display the audit log configuration. This command allows you to set filters by configuring certain classes, to add or remove any of the classes in the filter list, to set severity levels for audit messages, and to enable or disable audit filters.
  • Page 84 auditCfg switch:admin> auditcfg --show Audit filter is disabled. 1-ZONE 2-SECURITY 3-CONFIGURATION 4-FIRMWARE 5-FABRIC Severity level: INFO See Also auditDump Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 85: Auditdump

    auditDump auditDump Displays or clears the audit log. Synopsis auditdump -s | -show auditdump -c | -clear Description Use this command to display or clear the audit log on the switch. The audit log persistently saves the most recent 256 log entries on the switch. On modular platforms, the entries are not shared across CPs.
  • Page 86: Authutil

    authUtil authUtil Displays and sets the authentication configuration. Synopsis authutil authutil --show authutil --set option value authutil --policy -sw option | -dev option authutil --authinit [slot/]port[, [slot/]port...] | allE Description Use this command to display and set local switch authentication parameters. Use --set to change authentication parameters such as protocol, Diffie-Hellman group (DH group), or hash type.
  • Page 87 authUtil and a higher level of security. When DH group is set to a specified value, only that DH group is enabled. Specifying “*” enables all DH groups 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4, in that order. This means that in authentication negotiation, the NULL DH group s given priority over all other groups.
  • Page 88 authUtil authinit [slot/]port [, [slot]/port...| allE Reinitiates authentication on selected ports after changing the DH-CHAP group, hash type, and shared secret between a pair of switches. This command does not work on Private, Loop, NPIV and FICON devices. The command can reinitiate authentication only if the device was previously authenticated.
  • Page 89 authUtil To set the Device policy to passive mode: switch:admin> authutil --policy -dev passive Warning: Activating the authentication policy requires DH-CHAP secrets on both switch and device. Otherwise, the F-port will be disabled during next F-port bring-up. (yes, y, no, n): [no] y ARE YOU SURE Device authentication is set to PASSIVE To set the device authentication policy to “on”...
  • Page 90: Bannerset

    bannerSet bannerSet Sets the banner on the local switch. Synopsis bannerset [banner] Description Use this command to set the banner on the local switch. The banner is a string of alphanumeric characters. It is displayed whenever you log in to a switch. The banner can be created using the banner operand or by entering the bannerSet command without an operand, making the session interactive.
  • Page 91: Bannershow

    bannerShow bannerShow Displays the banner text. Synopsis bannershow Description Use this command to display the contents of the banner. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability"...
  • Page 92: Bcastshow

    bcastShow bcastShow Displays broadcast routing information. Synopsis bcastshow Description Use this command to display the broadcast routing information for all ports in the switch. The broadcast routing information indicates all ports that are members of the broadcast distribution tree: ports that are able to send and receive broadcast frames. Normally, all F_Ports and FL_Ports are members of the broadcast distribution tree.
  • Page 93: Bladecfggemode

    bladeCfgGeMode bladeCfgGeMode Configures a GbE port or a 10GbE port on the Brocade FX8-24 blade. Synopsis bladecfggemode --set mode -slot slot bladecfggemode --show -slot slot | -all bladecfggemode --help Description Use this command to configure the GbE port mode on the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade or to display the configuration.
  • Page 94 bladeCfgGeMode bladeCfgGeMode: Blade in slot 1 is configured in 1GigE Mode 1GigE mode: only the ge0-9 ports are enabled (xge0 and xge1 are disabled) bladeCfgGeMode: Blade in slot 4 is configured in 10GigE Mode 10GigE mode: only xge0 and xge1 are enabled (ge0-9 ports are disabled) See Also none Fabric OS Command Reference...
  • Page 95: Bladedisable

    bladeDisable bladeDisable Disables all user ports on a blade. Synopsis bladedisable slot Description Use this command to disable all user ports on a blade. All Fibre Channel ports on the blade are taken offline. If the switch was connected to a fabric through this blade, the remaining switches reconfigure, and the switch reconfigures based on the other blade ports.
  • Page 96 bladeDisable ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled...
  • Page 97: Bladeenable

    bladeEnable bladeEnable Enables all user ports on a blade. Synopsis bladeenable slot Description Use this command to enable all user ports on a blade. All ports within the blade that did not fail the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled (except for persistently disabled ports). They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected.
  • Page 98 bladeEnable switch:admin> slotshow Slot Blade Type Status --------------------------------- SW BLADE ENABLED UNKNOWN VACANT UNKNOWN VACANT SW BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED SW BLADE ENABLED UNKNOWN VACANT UNKNOWN VACANT UNKNOWN VACANT See Also bladeDisable, chassisDisable, chassisEnable, portEnable, portDisable, switchDisable, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 99: Bladeswap

    bladeSwap bladeSwap Swaps the area numbers for matching port pairs of two blades. Synopsis bladeSwap -src source_slot -dest destination_slot Description Use this command to swap the area numbers for matching port pairs of two blades. All ports must qualify for swapping for this command to succeed. It validates that the blades in the indicated slots are of the same type, have the same number of ports, and that the port pairs are in the same partition.
  • Page 100: Bootluncfg

    bootLunCfg bootLunCfg Transparently configures the boot LUN for an HBA. Synopsis bootluncfg --add HBA_WWN PWWN LUN_ID bootluncfg --delete HBA_WWN [PWWN LUN_ID] bootluncfg --show bootluncfg --help Description Use this command to configure the boot LUN for an HBA. Existing fabric-based boot LUN discovery allows the host's boot LUN information to be stored in the fabric zone database by using a zone name that contains the PWWN of an HBA port.
  • Page 101: Bottleneckmon

    bottleneckMon bottleneckMon Monitors and reports latency and congestion bottlenecks on F_Ports and E_Ports. Synopsis bottleneckmon --enable [ -cthresh congestion_threshold] [-lthresh latency_threshold] [ -time seconds] [-qtime seconds] [-alert | -noalert] bottleneckmon --disable bottleneckmon --config [-cthresh congestion_threshold] [-lthresh latency_threshold] [-time seconds][-qtime seconds] [[slot]port_list] [-alert | -noalert] bottleneckmon --configclear [slot]port_list bottleneckmon --exclude [slot]port_list bottleneckmon --include [slot]port_list...
  • Page 102 For example, setting a latency threshold of 0.8 and a time window of 30 seconds specifies that an alert should be sent when 80% of the one-second samples over any period of 30 seconds were affected by latency bottleneck conditions.
  • Page 103 “8-13” or “5/8-13” on blades systems. A port range cannot span multiple slots. • A set of ports, separated by a space, for example “3 5 7 8”or 5/3 5 7 8 on bladed systems. Fabric OS Command Reference...
  • Page 104 The threshold is expressed as the equivalent fraction between 0 and 1. The default value is 0.8. -lthresh latency_threshold Specifies the severity threshold for latency that triggers an alert. The threshold indicates the percentage of one-second intervals affected by the bottleneck condition within the specified time window.
  • Page 105 bottleneckMon -noalert Disables alerts. This is the default state assumed if neither -alert nor -noalert is specified. This operand is valid only with the --config option. --exclude [slot]port_list Excludes the specified ports from bottleneck detection. No data will be collected from these ports, and no alerts will be triggered for these ports. All statistics history for a port is erased when a port is excluded.
  • Page 106 bottleneckMon -span seconds Specifies the total duration in seconds covered in the output. When a port is specified with the --show command, the maximum span is 10800 seconds (3 hours). When a wildcard (*) is specified, the maximum span is defined such that the value of -span divided by the value of the interval cannot exceed 30.
  • Page 107 bottleneckMon To display the number of ports affected by bottleneck conditions: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --show ================================================================== Fri Feb 26 22:00:00 UTC 2010 ================================================================== List of bottlenecked ports in most recent interval: 13 16 ================================================================== Number of From bottlenecked ports ================================================================== Feb 26 21:59:50 Feb 26 22:00:00 Feb 26 21:59:40 Feb 26 21:59:50...
  • Page 108 bottleneckMon To display the bottleneck statistic for every port in the switch including the union of all individual port statistics: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --show -interval 5 -span 30 * ============================================================= Wed Jan 13 18:54:35 UTC 2010 ============================================================= =================================================================== From =================================================================== Jan 13 18:54:05 Jan 13 18:54:10 20.00 20.00 0.00 80.00 20.00 100.00 =================================================================== From UNION...
  • Page 109 bottleneckMon 0.990 0.900 4000 Excluded ports: =============== Slot Port ============ See Also none Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 110: Bpportloopbacktest

    6. Check if the transmit, receive, or class 3 receiver counters are stuck at some value. Check if the number of frames transmitted is not equal to the number of frames received. 8. Repeat steps two through seven for all specified ports until one of the following conditions is met: a.
  • Page 111 Runs test at 2 Gbps. Runs test at 4 Gbps (Default for Encryption platforms). Runs test at 8 Gbps (Default for Condor2). -bpports itemlist Specifies a list of blade ports to test. By default all valid blade ports in the specified blade are tested.
  • Page 112 bpPortLoopbackTest Info: Vader port 4 recovering Rx Fifo Info: Vader port 5 recovering Rx Fifo Ob1 portloopbacktest on ports 80-90 PASSED Test Complete: bpportloopbacktest Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 hr, 0 min & 24 sec (0:0:24:599). Cleaning up after test..passed.
  • Page 113: Bpturboramtest

    bpTurboRamTest bpTurboRamTest bpTurboRamTest - MBIST test for AP Blade BP ASICs. Synopsis bpturboramtest [--slot slot][ -passcnt count ] [ -bpports itemlist ] Description Use this command to verify the on-chip static random access memory (SRAM) located in the Blade Processor (BP) ASICs of the Application Processor (AP) blade. The command makes use of the memory built-in self-test (MBIST) circuitry.
  • Page 114 bpTurboRamTest Example To run the test in default mode: switch:admin> bpturboramtest Running bpturboramtest ....Board Init Running Vader bist test Vader bist test PASSED Running Ob1 bist test Ob1 bist test PASSED BIST test PASSED on all ASIC(s) Test Complete: bpturboramtest Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 hr, 1 min &...
  • Page 115: Ceeportledtest

    ceePortLedTest ceePortLedTest Refer to “portLedTest”. Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 116: Ceeportloopbacktest

    ceePortLoopbackTest ceePortLoopbackTest Refer to “portLoopbackTest”. Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 117: Ceeturboramtest

    ceeTurboRamTest ceeTurboRamTest Refer to “turboRamTest”. Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 118: Cfgactvshow

    cfgActvShow cfgActvShow Displays effective zone configuration information. Synopsis cfgactvshow Description Use this command to display the effective zone configuration information. The current configuration is a single zone configuration that is currently in effect. The devices that an initiator sees are based on this configuration. The effective configuration is built when a specified zone configuration is enabled.
  • Page 119: Cfgadd

    cfgAdd cfgAdd Adds a member to a zone configuration. Synopsis cfgadd "cfgName", "member[ ;member...]" Description Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to take effect, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
  • Page 120: Cfgclear

    cfgClear cfgClear Clears all zone configurations. Synopsis cfgclear Description Use this command to clear all zone information in the transaction buffer. All defined zone objects in the transaction buffer are deleted. If an attempt is made to commit the empty transaction buffer while a zone configuration is enabled, you are warned to first disable the enabled zone configuration or to provide a valid configuration with the same name.
  • Page 121: Cfgcreate

    cfgCreate cfgCreate Creates a zone configuration. Synopsis cfgcreate "cfgName", "member[ ;member...]" Description Use this command to create a new zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
  • Page 122: Cfgdelete

    cfgDelete cfgDelete Deletes a zone configuration. Synopsis cfgdelete "cfgName" Description Use this command to delete a zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.
  • Page 123: Cfgdisable

    cfgDisable cfgDisable Disables a zone configuration. Synopsis cfgdisable Description Use this command to disable the current zone configuration. The fabric returns to non-zoning mode, in which all devices see each other. This command ends and commits the current zoning transaction buffer to both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • Page 124: Cfgenable

    cfgEnable cfgEnable Enables a zone configuration. Synopsis cfgenable cfgName Description Use this command to enable a zone configuration. The command builds the specified zone configuration . It checks for undefined zone names, zone alias names, or other inconsistencies, by expanding zone aliases, removing duplicate entries, and then installing the effective configuration. If the build fails, the previous state is preserved (zoning remains disabled, or the previous effective configuration remains in effect).
  • Page 125: Cfgmcdtmode

    cfgMcdtmode cfgMcdtmode Configures zoning features in McDATA Fabric mode. Synopsis cfgMcdtMode [--enable | --disable | --help] [safezoning | defaultzoning] Description Use this command to enable or disable either the McDATA safe zoning feature or the McDATA default zoning feature. Enabling or disabling safezoning or default zoning on one switch in the fabric enables or disables the specific feature fabric-wide, meaning that the feature is disabled or enabled on all switches in the fabric.
  • Page 126: Cfgremove

    cfgRemove cfgRemove Removes a member from a zone configuration. Synopsis cfgremove “cfgName”, “member[; member...]” Description Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone configuration. If all members are removed, the zone configuration is deleted. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
  • Page 127: Cfgsave

    cfgSave cfgSave Saves zone configuration to nonvolatile memory. Synopsis cfgsave Description Use this command to save the current zone configuration. This command writes the defined configuration and the name of the effective configuration to nonvolatile memory in all switches in the fabric.
  • Page 128: Cfgsaveactivetodefined

    cfgSaveActiveToDefined cfgSaveActiveToDefined Saves the active (effective) zoning configuration to the defined configuration in McDATA Fabric mode. Synopsis cfgSaveActiveToDefined Description Use this command in McDATA Fabric mode to move the effective zoning configuration to the defined configuration database. If the Defined Database contains a configuration with the same name, it is replaced.
  • Page 129: Cfgshow

    cfgShow cfgShow Displays zone configuration information. Synopsis cfgshow ["pattern"] [, mode] Description Use this command to display zone configuration information. If no operand is specified, all zone configuration information (both defined and effective) displays. If the local switch has an outstanding transaction, this command displays the most recently edited zone configuration that has not yet been saved.
  • Page 130 cfgShow Examples To display all zone configurations that start with "Test": switch:admin> cfgshow "Test*" cfg: Test1 Blue_zone cfg: Test_cfg Red_zone; Blue_zone To display all zone configuration information: switch:admin> cfgshow Defined configuration: cfg: USA1 Blue_zone cfg: USA_cfg Red_zone; Blue_zone zone: Blue_zone 1,1;...
  • Page 131: Cfgsize

    cfgSize cfgSize Displays zone and Admin Domain database size details. Synopsis cfgsize [integer] Description Use this command to display the size details of the zone database and the Admin Domain database. When executed in non-AD255 context, the size details include the Zone DB maximum size, the committed size, and the transaction size.
  • Page 132 cfgSize AD and Zone DB uncommitted space available - 1041884 bytes Total AD and Zone Transaction buffer size 0 bytes AD Database Size: ----------------- committed - 3124 bytes transaction - 0 bytes Number of ADs in Effective Configuration Each AD's Zone Database Size: ---------------------------- cfgsize Info for AD Number:0 (AD Name: AD0, State=Active):...
  • Page 133: Cfgtransabort

    cfgTransAbort cfgTransAbort Aborts the current zoning transaction. Synopsis cfgtransabort [token] Description Use this command to abort the current zoning transaction without committing it. All changes made since the transaction was started are removed and the zone configuration database is restored to the state before the transaction was started.
  • Page 134: Cfgtransshow

    cfgTransShow cfgTransShow Displays information about the current zoning transaction. Synopsis cfgtransshow Description Use this command to display the ID of the current zoning transaction. In addition, the command provides information on whether or not the transaction can be aborted. The transaction cannot be aborted if it is an internal zoning transaction.
  • Page 135: Chassisbeacon

    chassisBeacon chassisBeacon Sets chassis beaconing mode. Synopsis chassisbeacon [mode] Description Use this command to enable or disable beaconing on a chassis. Chassis beaconing can be used to locate a failing chassis in a group of chassis. Use portBeacon to locate a failing port, and use switchBeacon to locate a failing (logical) switch.
  • Page 136: Chassisconfig

    chassisConfig chassisConfig Displays or sets the configuration of the Brocade 48000. Synopsis chassisconfig [-f][option] Description This command is retained for legacy reasons only. It has nothing to do with Virtual Fabrics and chassis configuration related to the Virtual Fabric feature. The chassisConfig command is supported ONLY on the Brocade 48000 and ONLY option 5 is supported.
  • Page 137: Chassisdisable

    chassisDisable chassisDisable Disables all user ports in a chassis. Synopsis chassisdisable [-force] Description Use this command to disable a Virtual Fabric-aware chassis. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. This command prompts for confirmation unless the -force option is used. If the chassis is partitioned into logical switches that are part of logical fabrics, the remaining switches in these fabrics reconfigure.
  • Page 138: Chassisdistribute

    chassisDistribute chassisDistribute Distributes IP filter policies. Synopsis chassisdistribute -db policy_db -fid FID | -domain domain_list [-force] Description Use this command to manually distribute IP Filter policies. The behavior of this command depends on whether Virtual Fabrics are enabled or disabled. •...
  • Page 139 chassisDistribute -fid FID Specifies the logical switch from which the distribution should originate. The logical switch is identified by its fabric ID (FID). When a FID is specified, the database is distributed to all chassis that are connected to the logical switch and are configured to accept the distribution.
  • Page 140: Chassisenable

    chassisEnable chassisEnable Enables all user ports in a chassis. Synopsis chassisenable Description Use this command to enable a Virtual Fabric-aware chassis. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self test (POST) are enabled. They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected.
  • Page 141: Chassisname

    chassisName chassisName Displays or sets the chassis name. Synopsis chassisname [name] Description Use this command to display or change the name associated with the chassis. Enter this command without parameters to display the current chassis name. Use this command with the name operand to assign a new chassis name. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 142: Chassisshow

    chassisShow chassisShow Displays all field replaceable units (FRUs). Synopsis chassisshow Description Use this command to inventory and display the FRU header content for each object in the chassis and chassis backplane version. Refer to theTable 5 for more information about the lines and their meaning. TABLE 5 Command output descriptions Line...
  • Page 143 chassisShow Examples To display all FRUs for a switch: switch:user> chassisshow Chassis Backplane Revision: 1C SW BLADE Slot: 3 Header Version: Power Consume Factor: -180 Factory Part Num: 60-0001532-03 Factory Serial Num: 1013456800 Manufacture: Day: 12 Month: Year: 2001 Update: Day: 15 Month: Year: 2001...
  • Page 144: Clihistory

    cliHistory cliHistory Name Displays switch command history. Synopsis clihistory Description This command saves the following information whenever a command is executed on the switch: • Timestamp • Username • IP address of the Telnet session • Options • Arguments This command displays the local CLI command history. The information is saved as part of supportSave as the CH file.
  • Page 145: Cmsh

    TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/6 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/7 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/8 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/9 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/10 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/11 unassigned administratively down down...
  • Page 146 cmsh To create an FCoE VLAN: switch:admin> cmsh switch:admin>en switch:admin>#conf t switch:admin>(config)#protocol lldp switch:admin>(conf-lldp)# advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv switch:admin>(conf-lldp)# advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv switch:admin>(conf-lldp)#exit switch:admin>(config)#exit switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier rule 1 proto fcoe encap ethv2 switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier rule 2 proto fip encap ethv2 switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier group 1 add rule 1 switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier group 1 add rule 2 switch:admin>(config)#interface vlan 5 switch:admin>(conf-if-vl-5 )#fcf forward...
  • Page 147: Configdefault

    configDefault configDefault Resets the nonpersistent configuration data to factory defaults. Synopsis configdefault [-fid FID | -all] Description Use this command to reset the nonpersistent configuration settings to their factory defaults. Beginning with Fabric OS v6.2.0, configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information.
  • Page 148 configDefault Note that configDefault does not completely remove all FCIP tunnels and GbE IP address information. This may be an issue when attempting to use the same information to create new tunnels or modify the existing ones. When issuing configDefault on the Brocade 7500 or on the FR4-18i blade, it persistently disables the ports.
  • Page 149: Configdownload

    configDownload configDownload Downloads configuration data to the system. Synopsis configdownload configdownload [- all ] [-p ftp | -ftp ] [”host”,”user”,”path” [,”passwd”]] configdownload [- all ] [-p scp| -scp ] [”host”,”user”,”path”] configdownload [- all ] [-local | -USB | -U [”file”]] configdownload [ -fid -FID [-sfid FID ] | -chassis |-all ] [-p ftp | -ftp ] [”host”,”user”,”path”...
  • Page 150 configDownload Download the entire configuration including the data for all logical switches and for the chassis (-all). The interactive version of the command (no operands) prompts for input on only the parameters the user is allowed to execute. • In a non-Virtual Fabric environment, this command by default downloads the switch configuration.
  • Page 151 configDownload Security parameters and the switch’s identity cannot be changed by configDownload. Parameters such as the switch name and IP address are ignored; they are lines in the configuration file that begin with “boot”. Security parameters and version stamp are ignored; they are the lines in the configuration file that begin with “sec”.
  • Page 152 configDownload -fid FID Downloads the switch configuration to a logical switch specified by its fabric ID. This operand is valid only in a Virtual Fabric environment and requires chassis permissions. The following optional parameter is supported with the -fid operand: -sfid FID Specifies an alternate source switch configuration to be downloaded to the target logical switch specified by -fid.
  • Page 153 To download all system configuration data for the chassis and all logical switches (requires chassis permissions): switch:admin> configdownload -all -ftp 192.168.38.245,jdoe,config.txt,password To download the switch configurations to a logical switch with FID 8 from an attached USB device (requires chassis permissions): switch:admin> configdownload -fid 8 -USB config.txt...
  • Page 154: Configlist

    configList configList Lists uploaded configuration files. Synopsis configlist -local|-USB|-U Description This command displays a list of names, sizes, and creation dates of configuration files saved on the local chassis or on an attached USB device. These files are created when the configUpload command is executed with the -local or the -USB option.
  • Page 155: Configremove

    configRemove configRemove Deletes a saved configuration file. Synopsis configremove -local|-USB|-U [file] Description This command deletes a configuration file that was previously saved to the local chassis or to an attached USB device by using the configUpload command. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 156: Configshow

    configShow configShow Displays system configuration settings. Synopsis configshow -pattern “pattern” configshow [-all | -fid FID| -chassis] [-local|-USB|-U] [file] [-pattern "pattern"] Description Use this command to display system configuration settings. Some but not all of these parameters are set by the configure and configureChassis commands. Beginning with Fabric OS v6.2.0, configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information.
  • Page 157 [Configuration upload Information] Configuration Format = 2.0 date = Tue Oct 7 14:54:20 2008 FOS version = v6.2.0.0 Number of LS = 3 [Chassis Configuration Begin] [fcRouting] fcRoute.backboneFabricId:100 fcRoute.fcrState:2 fcRouteParam.maxLsanCount:3000 fcRoute.port.8.xportAdmin:DISABLED fcRoute.port.8.fabricId:4 fcRoute.port.8.ratov:10000 fcRoute.port.8.edtov:2000 fcRoute.port.8.frontConfigDid:160 fcRoute.port.8.portType:400 fcRoute.port.8.portMode:0 fcRoute.port.8.autoElp:7 fcRoute.port.9.xportAdmin:DISABLED fcRoute.port.9.fabricId:5 fcRoute.port.9.ratov:10000 fcRoute.port.9.edtov:2000...
  • Page 158 [output truncated] To filter the content to display only the password configuration: switch :admin>...
  • Page 159 configShow FOS version = v6.2.0.0 Number of LS = 3 [Switch Configuration Begin : 0] SwitchName = Spirit_66 Fabric ID = 20 [Boot Parameters] boot.name:Spirit_66 boot.ipa:10.32.228.66 boot.licid:10:00:00:05:1e:41:5c:c1 boot.mac:10:00:00:05:1e:41:5c:c1 boot.device:eth0 boot.gateway.ipa:10.32.224.1 [Configuration] acl.clear:0 ag.port.nfportfailback:0x0 ag.port.nfportfailover:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.0:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.1:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.10:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.11:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.12:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.13:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.14:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.15:0x0 ag.port.nfporttopo.16:0x0...
  • Page 160: Configupload

    configUpload configUpload Uploads system configuration data to a file. Synopsis configupload configupload [-all] [-p ftp | -ftp] [”host”,”user”,”path”,[”passwd”]] configupload [-all] [-p scp| -scp] [”host”,”user”,”path”] configupload [-all] [-force] [-local | USB |-U] [“file”] configupload [-fid FID | -chassis | -all ] [-p ftp | -ftp] [”host”,”user”,”path”,[”passwd”]] configupload [-fid FID | -chassis | -all ] [-p scp| -scp] [”host”,”user”,”path”] configupload [-fid FID | -chassis | -all ] [-force] [-local | USB |-U] [“file”] configupload [-vf] [-p ftp | -ftp] [”host”,”user”,”path”,[”passwd”]]...
  • Page 161 configUpload You can use FTP or SCP to upload configuration files to an external host, or you can save the configuration in a predetermined directory on the local chassis or on an attached USB device. If the specified file already exists, this command prompts you to overwrite the file. Specify -force to overwrite the file without confirmation.
  • Page 162 configUpload “passwd” Specifies the account password when you use the FTP protocol. Quotation marks are optional. -local Uploads a specified configuration file to a predetermined directory on the local chassis. This option requires a file name. -USB | -U Uploads a specified configuration file to a predetermined directory on an attached USB device.
  • Page 163 To upload the system configuration file for a logical switch with FID 8 to an attached USB device: switch:admin> configupload -fid 8 -ftp -USB config.txt To upload the Virtual Fabric configuration of the current platform to an external FTP server: switch:admin>...
  • Page 164: Configure

    configure configure Changes switch configuration settings. Synopsis configure Description Use this command to change switch configuration settings. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately. For information on file format and specific parameters contained in each section, refer to the configUpload help page.
  • Page 165 configure Operands none The configure command runs in interactive mode and presents you with a series of hierarchical menus. Each top-level menu and its associated submenus consist of a text prompt, a selection of valid values, and a default value (in brackets). The following keys control the execution of the command: Return When entered at a prompt with no preceding input, the command accepts the...
  • Page 166 The range of valid values varies depending on the switch model and other system parameter settings. Enable 8-bit Dynamic Area Mode When enabled, this feature supports Dynamic Area Mode in default partitions on the Brocade DCX and DCX-4S. Dynamic Area Mode is by default disabled.
  • Page 167 10-bit addressing. Each port in this partition is given a unique area represented by the middle 8 bits of the PID. Valid values are: No limit is imposed on the area. This is the default value. The partition is...
  • Page 168 configure Data Field Size The data field size specifies the largest possible value, in bytes, for the size of a type 1 (data) frame. The switch advertises this value to other switches in the fabric during construction of the fabric as well as to other devices when they connect to the fabric.
  • Page 169 "logins per second". It also specifies the number of FDISC requests that will always be accepted first without reject. Unless there are issues with F_Port staging, do not change default values. TABLE 8 F_Port login parameters (* = multiplication symbol) Field...
  • Page 170 configure Zoning Operation Parameters Table 9 lists the configurable zoning operation parameters. TABLE 9 Zoning operation parameters Field Type Default Range Disable NodeName Zone Checking Boolean Disable NodeName Zone Checking Specify 1 to disable using node WWN when specifying nodes in the zone database, or specify 0 to enable using node WWN when specifying nodes in the zone data.
  • Page 171 configure Enable CLOSE on OPEN received? If this is set, a CLS is returned immediately to an OPN if no buffers are available. This is required for TachLite. Always send RSCN? Following the completion of loop initialization, a remote state change notification (RSCN) is issued when FL_Ports detect the presence of new devices or the absence of preexisting devices.
  • Page 172 To enable Dynamic Area Mode on the default partition of the Brocade DCX: switch:admin>switchdisable switch:admin>configure Configure... Change fabric parameters? Y Domain: (1..239) [160] Enable 8 bit Dynamic Area Mode (0 = No, 1 = Zero Based Area Assignment): (0..1) [0] 1 R_A_TOV: (4000..120000) [10000] E_D_TOV: (1000..5000) [2000] WAN_TOV: (0..30000) [0] MAX_HOPS: (7..19) [7]...
  • Page 173 configure Disable FID Check (yes, y, no, n): [no] Insistent Domain ID Mode (yes, y, no, n): [no] Virtual Channel parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] F-Port login parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] Zoning Operation parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] RSCN Transmission Mode (yes, y, no, n): [no] Arbitrated Loop parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] System services (yes, y, no, n): [no]...
  • Page 174: Configurechassis

    configureChassis configureChassis Changes chassis-level system configuration settings. Synopsis configurechassis Description Use this command to modify chassis-level system configuration settings. Beginning with Fabric OS v6.2.0, configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately. Use the configure command to modify switch configuration parameters.
  • Page 175 configureChassis Custom Attributes Table 15 lists custom attributes that may be modified. TABLE 15 Configurable custom attributes Application Attribute Type Default Range Custom Config Index (0 to ignore): Number 0-10000 config Index OEM custom configuration. This attribute is for internal use only. System Settings The following system-related parameters are configurable on a Virtual Fabric-aware switch.
  • Page 176: Cryptocfg

    cryptoCfg cryptoCfg Name Performs encryption configuration and management functions. Synopsis cryptocfg --help -nodecfg cryptocfg --help -groupcfg cryptocfg --help -hacluster cryptocfg --help -devicecfg cryptocfg --help -transcfg cryptocfg --help -decommission Description Use the cryptoCfg command to configure and manage the Brocade Encryption Switch and the FS8-18 encryption blade.
  • Page 177 cryptoCfg Function 1. Node configuration Synopsis cryptocfg --help -nodecfg cryptocfg --initnode cryptocfg --initEE [slot] cryptocfg --regEE [slot] cryptocfg --enableEE [slot] cryptocfg --disableEE [slot] cryptocfg --export -scp -dhchallenge vault_IP_address | -currentMK | -KACcert |-KACcsr| -CPcert] host_IP host_username host_file_path cryptocfg --export -usb -dhchallenge vault_IP_address | -currentMK | -KACcert | -KACcsr |-CPcert dest_filename cryptocfg --import -scp local_name host_IP host_username host_file_path cryptocfg --import -usb dest_filename source_filename...
  • Page 178 cryptoCfg Use the --show localEE command to display encryption engine configuration parameters pertaining to the local node. The command displays the following information: • EE Slot: Encryption engine slot number. • SP state: Security processor state. For a complete listing of SP states, refer to the Encryption Administrator’s Guide, Appendix A.
  • Page 179 cryptoCfg The --initnode function must be performed before the --initEE function may be performed. Initializes the encryption engine (EE). This command generates critical --initEE security parameters (CSPs) and certificates in the CryptoModule’s security processor (SP). The CP and the SP perform a certificate exchange to register respective authorization data.
  • Page 180 cryptoCfg host IP | host_name Specifies the IP address of the host to which the file is to be exported. To specify the host by name, it must first be configured with dnsconfig. host_username Specifies the user name for the host. Depending on your host configuration, the command may prompt for a password.
  • Page 181 cryptoCfg host_username Specifies the user name for the host. Depending on your host configuration, this command may prompt for a password. host_file_path Specifies the fully qualified path of the file to be imported. The path must include the file name. -usb Imports a file from a mounted USB storage device.
  • Page 182 cryptoCfg Establishes a link key agreement protocol between a node and an instance of --dhchallenge the primary or backup NetApp Lifetime Key Management (LKM) appliance. This command generates the Diffie-Hellman challenge that is passed from the node to the specified NetApp LKM appliance. When quorum authentication is enabled and the quorum size is greater than zero, this operation requires authentication of a quorum of authentication cards.
  • Page 183 cryptoCfg the same username is configured on all nodes. Different encryption groups can use different usernames so long as all nodes in the group have the same username. Changing the username using -KAClogin renders the previously created keys inaccessible. When changing the username you must do the same on the key vault, and you must change the key owner for all keys of all LUNs through the SKM GUI.
  • Page 184 cryptoCfg cryptocfg --show -groupmember -all | node_WWN cryptocfg --show -egstatus -cfg | -stat cryptocfg --sync -encgroup cryptocfg --sync -securitydb Description Use these cryptoCfg commands to create or delete an encryption group, to add or remove group member nodes, key vaults, and authentication cards, to enable or disable system cards, to enable quorum authentication and set the quorum size, to manage keys including key recovery from backup, to configure group-wide policies, and to sync the encryption group databases.
  • Page 185 cryptoCfg • Additional diagnostic key vault information to facilitate troubleshooting of connectivity (For the TEMS and LKM key vaults, "Additional Primary Key Vault Information" and "Additional Secondary Key Vault Information" is displayed separately. For the SKM and RKM there is just one section "Additional Key Vault/Cluster Information"): :Key Vault/CA Certificate Validity: Yes or No Port for Key Vault Connection: numeric identifier...
  • Page 186 cryptoCfg • For each node, the display includes the following: Node Name: the node WWN State: DISCOVERED = The node is part of the encryption group. DISCOVERING = The node is in the process of discovery. Role: GroupLeader or MemberNode IP address: the node IP address Certificate: the node CP certificate name (user-defined) Current master key (or primary link key) state: Not configured, Saved, Created, Propagated,...
  • Page 187 cryptoCfg encryption_group_name Specifies the name of the encryption group to be created. The name can be up to 15 characters long and include alphanumeric characters and underscores. White space, hyphens, and other special characters are not permitted. --delete -encgroup Deletes an encryption group with the specified name. This command is valid only on the group leader.
  • Page 188 cryptoCfg --reg -KACcert Registers the signed node certificate. After being exported and signed by the external signing authority, the signed node certificate must be imported back into the node and registered for a successful two-way certificate exchange with the key vault. This command is valid only on the group leader. Registration functions need to be invoked on all the nodes in a DEK cluster for their respective signed node certificates.
  • Page 189 cryptoCfg --set -quorumsize Sets the quorum size used to authenticate functions that require a quorum of authentication cards. The default value is zero. You can set the quorum size only if the current value is zero. Note that this value is different from the recovery set size that specifies the number of recovery shares used to perform Master Key recovery.
  • Page 190 Specifies the pass phrase for the master key encryption. A pass phrase must be between 8 and 40 characters in length and can contain any character combination. Make a note of the pass phrase, because the same pass phrase is required to restore the master key from backup. This operand is required.
  • Page 191 cryptoCfg -keyID keyID Specifies the master key ID. This option restores the master key from the key vault. The master key ID was returned when it was backed up to the key vault with the --exportmasterkey command. The -keyID and the -srcfile options are mutually exclusive.
  • Page 192 cryptoCfg cryptocfg --replace [-haclustermember HA_cluster_name] current_node_WWN [slot] new_node_WWN [slot] cryptocfg --show -hacluster -all | HA_cluster_name Description Use these cryptoCfg commands to configure and manage High Availability (HA) clusters. An HA cluster consists of two encryption engines configured to host the CryptoTargets and to provide the active/standby failover and failback capabilities in a pair-wise relationship in a single fabric.
  • Page 193 cryptoCfg HA_cluster_name Specifies the name for the HA cluster. The name can be up to 31 characters long and can include alphanumeric characters, hyphens, and underscores. White space and other special characters are not permitted. This operand is required. node_WWN Specifies the WWN of the switch or chassis to which the encryption engine belongs.
  • Page 194 cryptoCfg The following operands are supported with the --replace command: HA_cluster_name Specifies the HA cluster member to be replaced. The HA cluster name must be specified when this operand is used. This operand is optional. It is not needed if the encryption engine to be replaced is not part of an HA cluster. current_node_WWN [slot] Specifies the WWN of the encryption engine to be replaced.
  • Page 195 cryptoCfg cryptocfg --modify -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN [-encryption_format native | DF_compatible] [-encrypt | -cleartext] [-enable_encexistingdata | -disable_encexistingdata] [-enablerekey time_period | -disable_rekey] cryptocfg --remove -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --enable -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --create -tapepool -label pool_label | -num pool_num [-encryption_format native | DF_compatible] [-encrypt | -cleartext] [-key_lifespan time_in_days | none]...
  • Page 196 cryptoCfg Virtual devices redirect the traffic between host and target/LUN to encryption engines so they can perform cryptographic operations. To enable frame redirection, you must create a target-initiator zone prior to performing any CryptoTarget container configuration. The CryptoTarget container (CTC) and associated Crypto LUN configuration is always configured from the group leader node, and the configuration is subsequently propagated to all members in the encryption group.
  • Page 197 cryptoCfg LUN number: numeric ID LUN type: disk or tape drive, tape medium changer, tape attached medium changer, tape offline/unknown, or unsupported/other LUN serial number: The LUN serial number Encryption mode: encrypt or cleartext Encryption format: (brocade) native or DF-compatible Tape policy type: pool-based, LUN-based Encrypt existing data: disabled or enabled Rekey: disabled or enabled...
  • Page 198 cryptoCfg • LUN type: disk, tape drive, tape medium changer, tape attached medium changer, offline/unknown, or unsupported/other • LUN serial number (disk only): alpha-numeric ID • Encryption mode: encrypt or cleartext • Encryption format: native or DF compatible • Encrypt existing data: enabled or disabled •...
  • Page 199 cryptoCfg • Number of hosts: numeric value • Number of rekey (or tape) sessions: numeric value • For each host: Host PWWN, NWWN: host port WWN and node WWN Host PID: host port ID VI PWWN, NWWN: virtual initiator port WWN and node WWN VI PID: virtual initiator port ID •...
  • Page 200 cryptoCfg • For each LUN: LUN number: numeric identifier LUN type: disk, tape drive, tape medium changer, tape attached medium changer, offline/unknown, or unsupported/other LUN status: numeric value Encryption mode: encrypt or cleartext Encryption format: native or DF compatible Tape policy type: pool-based or LUN-based Encrypt existing data: disabled or enabled Rekey: disabled or enabled Key ID state: Read, Write, or Key ID not applicable...
  • Page 201 cryptoCfg EE node: node WWN EE slot: Slot number Target: target port WWN and node WWN Target PID: target PID VT: virtual target port WWN and node WWN VT PID: virtual target PID Host (initiator) PWWN Host (initiator): node WWN Host (initiator) PID: hoist PID VI: virtual initiator port WWN and node WWN VI PID: virtual initiator PID...
  • Page 202 A LUN number can be entered either as a 16-bit (2 bytes) number in hex notation (for example, 0x07) or as a 64-bit (8 bytes) number in WWN format (for example, 00:07:00:00:00:00:00:00). Although the command does accept decimal input, it is not recommended.
  • Page 203 cryptoCfg beginning with 0 to an octal, which results in a conversion error. For example, 035 is interpreted as 29 (decimal), or 0x1D hex, or 00:1D:00:00:00:00:00:00. To ensure correct conversion to decimal notation, use the recommended Hex formats or make sure to remove preceding zeros from decimal input.
  • Page 204 cryptoCfg initiator_NWWN Specifies the initiator node WWN. --delete -container Deletes a specified CTC. This command removes the virtual target and associated LUNs from the fabric. Before issuing this command, you must stop all traffic to the target port for which the CTC is being deleted. Failure to do so results in I/O failure between the initiators and that target Port.
  • Page 205 Tape LUNs that can be added to an Initiator in a container is 8. LUN policies may be set at this time or after the LUN is added. The maximum number of LUNs you can add in one commit operation is 25.
  • Page 206 cryptoCfg LUN policies are configured per HA or DEK cluster. For multi-path LUNs exposed through multiple target ports and thus configured on multiple CTCs on different EEs in an HA cluster or DEK cluster, the same LUN policies must be configured. Refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator’s Guide for more information.
  • Page 207 LUN_Num | range Specifies the LUN number either as a 16-bit (2 bytes) number in hex notation (for example, 0x07) or as a 64-bit (8 bytes) number in WWN format (for example, 0:07:00:00:00:00:00:00). The LUN number must be zero when a tape LUN is specified and the tape drive is a single LUN device.
  • Page 208 cryptoCfg • Exercise caution when modifying policy parameters while tape sessions are in progress. For information on the impact of encryption policy changes while tape sessions are in progress, refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator’s Guide. --remove -LUN Removes a LUN from a specified CTC. You must stop all traffic to the LUN from all initiators accessing the LUN you are removing from the CTC.
  • Page 209 cryptoCfg -label pool_label | -num pool_num Specifies the tape pool volume label or alternately the tape pool ID. This is a user-defined identifier, which must be unique within the encryption group and should match the tape pool label or ID that is configured on the tape backup application.
  • Page 210 cryptoCfg Performs a manual rekeying of a specified LUN associated with a specified --manual_rekey CTC. Manual rekeying is performed in both online and offline fashion depending on whether or not the host is online or host I/O is present. If any policy-based rekeying operation is currently in progress, this command aborts with a warning message.
  • Page 211 cryptoCfg crypto_target_container_name Displays information for the specified CryptoTarget container. If the -stat parameter is specified with this operand, the CTC must be hosted on the local node. -cfg Displays the configuration for the specified CTC. -stat Displays the runtime status for the specified CTC. --show -tapepool Displays configuration information for specified tape pools when used with the -cfg option.
  • Page 212 cryptoCfg -all Displays runtime information for all tape sessions in progress on the local node. crypto_target_container_name Displays runtime information for all tape sessions in progress for a specified CryptoTarget container. --clearstats -container Clears compressed or uncompressed blocks and/or byte counters for the specified containers.
  • Page 213 cryptoCfg Operands The cryptoCfg transaction management function has the following operands: --help transcfg Displays the synopsis for the transaction management function. Commits the transaction. This command saves the defined configuration to --commit nonvolatile storage. Changes are persistent across reboots and power cycles. This command overwrites existing configuration parameters and therefore prompts for confirmation.
  • Page 214 cryptoCfg Operands This command has the following operands: --help -decommission Displays the command usage help for the device decommissioning commands. Decommissions a disk LUN hosted in a specified container as seen from the --decommission initiator. You must issue this command from the node that hosts the container.
  • Page 215 cryptoCfg Notify SPM of Node Cfg Operation succeeded. To initialize an encryption engine: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --initEE This will overwrite previously generated identification and authentication data ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): y Operation succeeded. To register an encryption engine with the CP or chassis: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg -regEE Operation succeeded.
  • Page 216 cryptoCfg Operation succeeded. To zeroize all critical security parameters on an encryption switch: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --zeroizeEE This will zeroize all critical security parameters ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no]y Operation succeeded. To delete a file from the local node: SecurityAdmin:switch>...
  • Page 217 cryptoCfg Remote EE Reachability : Node WWN/Slot EE IP Addr EE State IO Link State 10:00:00:05:1e:54:22:36/0 10.32.72.62 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/1 10.32.72.104 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/3 10.32.72.105 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/10 10.32.72.106 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/12 10.32.72.107 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable (output truncated) To rebalance load between tape and disk LUNS for optimal performance on slot 1: switch:admin>...
  • Page 218 cryptoCfg Master key generated. The master key should be exported before further operations are performed. To export the master key to the RKM key vault: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --exportmasterkey Enter the passphrase: passphrase Master key exported. Key ID: 8f:88:45:32:8e:bf:eb:44:c4:bc:aa:2a:c1:69:94:2 To export the master key to a file: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --exportmasterkey -file Enter the passphrase: passphrase Master key file generated.
  • Page 219 cryptoCfg Additional Secondary Key Vault Information: Key Vault/CA Certificate Validity: Port for Key Vault Connection: 32579 Time of Day on Key Server: Server SDK Version: Encryption Node (Key Vault Client) Information: Node KAC Certificate Validity: Time of Day on the Switch: Fri Jan 29 23:01:55.205779 GMT 2010 Client SDK Version: OpenKey Reference Lib 2.0.9 Client Username:...
  • Page 220 cryptoCfg SP state: Online To display the encryption group member information: SecurityAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --show -groupmember -all NODE LIST Total Number of defined nodes:2 Group Leader Node Name: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e Encryption Group state: CLUSTER_STATE_CONVERGED Node Name: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e (current node) State: DEF_NODE_STATE_DISCOVERED Role: GroupLeader IP Address: 10.32.244.71 Certificate:...
  • Page 221 cryptoCfg To display existing HA clusters in the encryption group "brocade". The encryption group in the following example has one committed HA cluster with one encryption engine: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -hacluster -all Encryption Group Name: brocade Number of HA Clusters: 1 HA cluster name: HAC1 - 1 EE entry Status: Committed...
  • Page 222 0208d3; 3;20:0c:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d;20:00:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [55] "LSI7404XP-LC BR A.1 03-01081-02D FW:01.03.06 Port 1 " Fabric Port Name: 20:08:00:05:1e:34:e0:6b Permanent Port Name: 20:0c:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d Port Index: 8 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No b. Create and enable a zone named "itzone" that includes initiator and target.
  • Page 223 cryptoCfg FabricAdmin:switch> cfgcreate itcfg, itzone FabricAdmin:switch> cfgenable itcfg You are about to enable a new zoning configuration. This action will replace the old zoning configuration with the current configuration selected. Do you want to enable 'itcfg' configuration (yes, y, no, n): [no] y zone config"itcfg"...
  • Page 224 Operation Succeeded 8. Display Crypto LUN runtime status. FabricAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --show -LUN my_disk_tgt 0 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:c9:3a -stat Container name: my_disk_tgt Type: disk EE node: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e EE slot: E hosting container: current Target: 20:0c:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d 20:00:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d Target PID: 0208d3 20:00:00:05:1e:41:4e:1d 20:01:00:05:1e:41:4e:1d VT PID:...
  • Page 225 cryptoCfg Note that a frame redirection zone has been created automatically to route traffic between host, VT, VI and target, VI, VT. FabricAdmin:switch>cfgshow Defined configuration: cfg: itcfg itzone cfg: r_e_d_i_r_c__fg red_1109_brcd200c00062b0f726d200200051e414e1d; red_______base cfg: testcfg1 testzone1 zone: itzone 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:c9:3a; 20:0c:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d zone: red_1109_brcd200c00062b0f726d200200051e414e1d 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:c9:3a;...
  • Page 226 cryptoCfg FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -tapepool -all Tape pool label: tpool.00001 Key life: 0 (minute) Encryption mode: encrypt Encryption format: native Configuration status: committed(2) Tape pool label: tpool.00002 Key life: 0 (minute) Encryption mode: encrypt Encryption format: native Configuration status: committed(2) To display CryptoTarget container runtime status information For a disk LUN with rekeying enabled: FabricAdmin:switch>...
  • Page 227 cryptoCfg 20:36:00:05:1e:53:74:fd 20:37:00:05:1e:53:74:fd LUN number: LUN type: disk LUN status: Encryption mode: encrypt Encryption format: native Encrypt existing data: enabled Rekey: enabled Key ID: not available Key life: 3000 (minute) Rekey status: Operation Succeeded To display all tape sessions in progress on the local node: FabricAdmin:switch>cryptocfg --show -tape_sessions -all Number of tape session(s): Container name:...
  • Page 228 cryptoCfg uuid = b7e07a6a-db64-40c2-883a-0bc6c4e923e6 3. Manually delete the keys from the vault This step requires accessing the Key Vault GUI and deleting the keys manually. 4. Delete the key IDs from the internal cache. switch:admin> cryptocfg --delete -decommissionedkeyids operation succeeded. See Also none Fabric OS Command Reference...
  • Page 229: Datatypeshow

    dataTypeShow dataTypeShow Displays sample data stream types used in some diagnostic commands. Synopsis datatypeshow [-seed value] Description Use this command to display sample data stream types used in diagnostic commands. There are 20 different sample data types. The command displays an example of each data stream. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 230: Date

    date date Displays or sets the switch date and time. Synopsis date [“newdate”] Description Use this command to display or set the date and time. All switches maintain current date and time in flash memory. Date and time are used for logging events. Normal switch operation does not depend on the date and time;...
  • Page 231 date Examples To display the current date and time and then modify it: switch:admin> date Fri Jan 29 17:01:48 UTC 2007 switch:admin> date "0227123007" Thu Feb 27 12:30:00 UTC 2007 See Also errShow, ficonCupSet, ficonCupShow, portLogShow, tsClockServer, tsTimeZone, upTime Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 232: Dbgshow

    dbgShow dbgShow Displays current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. Synopsis dbgshow [module_name] Description Use this command to display the current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. If no module name is specified, displays debug and verbosity levels of all modules. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 233: Defzone

    defZone defZone Sets or displays the default zone access mode. Synopsis defzone [--noaccess | --allaccess | --show] Description Use this command to display or set the Default Zone access mode. Setting the Default Zone mode initializes a zoning transaction (if one is not already in progress), and create reserved zoning objects.
  • Page 234 defZone Sets the default zone access mode to All Access, initiates a zoning --allaccess transaction (if one is not already in progress), and deletes the reserved zoning objects by performing the equivalent to the following zoning commands: cfgDelete “d_efault_Cfg” zoneDelete “d_efault_Zone” A cfgSave, cfgEnable, or cfgDisable command must be performed subsequent to the use of this command to commit the changes and distribute them to the fabric.
  • Page 235: Diagclearerror

    If no operand is specified, the default is to clear all bad port flags. Examples To clear the diag software flag: switch:admin> diagclearerror 8 ERROR: DIAG CLEARERR Diagnostics Errors Cleared, port: 8/31 Err# 0120041 081F See Also none Fabric OS Command Reference...
  • Page 236: Diagdisablepost

    diagDisablePost diagDisablePost Disables the power-on self-test (POST). Synopsis diagdisablepost Description Use this command to disable POST. A reboot is not required for this command to take effect. Use the diagPost command to display the current POST status, and use diagEnablePost to enable POST. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 237: Diagenablepost

    diagEnablePost diagEnablePost Enables the power-on self-test (POST). Synopsis diagenablepost Description Use this command to enable POST. A reboot is not required for this command to take effect. POST includes two phases: POST Phase I mainly tests hardware and POST Phase II tests system functionality.
  • Page 238: Diaghelp

    diagHelp diagHelp Displays diagnostic command information. Synopsis diaghelp Description Use this command to display a short description of diagnostic commands. Use default operands when running diagnostics commands. Non-default settings require detailed knowledge of the underlying hardware and are intended for support personnel only. Contact support if you want to use these operands.
  • Page 239: Diagpost

    diagPost diagPost Sets or displays diagnostic POST configuration. Synopsis diagpost Description Use this command to display the current POST configuration. Use diagEnablePost or diagDisablePost to modify the POST configuration. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 240: Diagretry

    diagRetry diagRetry Sets or displays diagnostic retry mode. Synopsis diagretry [mode | -show] Description Use this command to enable retry mode if the mode value is nonzero and to disable the retry mode if the mode value is 0. The mode is saved in flash memory (and stays in that mode) until the next execution of diagRetry.
  • Page 241: Diagshow

    diagShow diagShow Displays diagnostics status. Synopsis diagshow [--slot number][-uports itemlist][-bports itemlist][-use_bports value] Description Use this command to display the diagnostics status for the specified list of blade or user ports. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 242: Dbgshow

    dbgShow dbgShow Displays current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. Synopsis dbgshow module_name Description Use this command to display the current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. If no module name is specified, displays debug and verbosity levels of all modules. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 243: Distribute

    distribute distribute Distributes data to switches in a fabric. Synopsis distribute -p policy_list -d switch_list Description Use this command to distribute data to a specified list of switches in the fabric. The distributed data must be from the list of currently supported policy sets: Switch Connection Control Policy Device Connection Control Policy Password Database and Password Configuration Policy...
  • Page 244 distribute To distribute the FCS policy, and the Password database to all domains in the fabric that support the distribute feature: switch:admin> distribute -p “FCS;PWD” -d "*" To distribute the AUTH and FCS policies to all switches in the fabric that run Fabric OS v5.3.0 or later: switch:admin>...
  • Page 245: Dlsreset

    dlsReset dlsReset Disables Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) . Synopsis dlsreset Description Use this command to disable Dynamic Load Sharing. If DLS is turned off, load sharing calculations are used only to place new routes. Once placed, existing routes are never moved from one output E_Port to another, unless the original output E_Port is no longer a recognized path to the remote domain.
  • Page 246: Dlsset

    dlsSet dlsSet Enables Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) without frame loss. Synopsis dlsset dlsset --enable -lossless dlsset --disable -lossless dlsset --help Description Use this command to enable or disable Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) in the event of a fabric change, to configure DLS without frame loss, and to display the DLS configuration. Dynamic load sharing optimizes the utilization of the interswitch links (ISLs) by rebalancing the paths going over the ISLs whenever there is a fabric event that may result in a sub-optimal utilization of the ISL.
  • Page 247 dlsSet The Lossless feature is supported only on the Brocade DCX and DCX-4S chassis with 8G blades (FC ports only), and on the Brocade 300, 5100, 5300 and 7800 switches. On the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24, the Lossless feature is supported only on FC ports. On unsupported platforms, this command exits with an appropriate message.
  • Page 248 dlsSet switch:admin> dlssshow DLS is set by default with current routing policy DLS configuration commands on a switch with a port-based policy: switch:admin> dlsshow DLS is set by default with current routing policy DLS is set with Lossless enabled switch:admin> dlsreset DLS is not set switch:admin>...
  • Page 249: Dlsshow

    dlsShow dlsShow Displays the setting of the dynamic load sharing (DLS) option. Synopsis dlsshow Description Use this command to display information about Dynamic Load Sharing configuration settings on the switch. Depending on the configuration, the command output displays one of the following messages: DLS is set.
  • Page 250: Dnsconfig

    dnsConfig dnsConfig Sets, displays, or removes domain name service (DNS) parameters. Synopsis dnsconfig Description Use this command to display, set, or remove the domain name service parameters. The domain name service parameters are the domain name and the name server IP address for primary and secondary name servers.
  • Page 251: Enclosureshow

    enclosureShow enclosureShow Displays attributes of the switch enclosure. Synopsis enclosureshow attribute Description Use this command to display attributes of the switch enclosure, including the vendor-specific enclosure identifier and the identifier of the enclosure interface to which the switch is attached. This command applies to products that are embedded in a blade server or storage chassis.
  • Page 252: Errclear

    errClear errClear Clears all error log messages for all switch instances on this control processor (CP). Synopsis errclear Description Use this command to clear all internal and external error log messages for all switch instances on the CP where the command is executed. For products with a single processor, all error log messages are cleared.
  • Page 253: Errdelimiterset

    errDelimiterSet errDelimiterSet Sets the error log start and end delimiters for messages sent to the console and syslog. Synopsis errdelimiterset [-s "start delimiter string"][-e "end delimiter string"] Description Use this command to set the error log start and end delimiters for log messages sent to the console and syslog.
  • Page 254: Errdump

    errDump errDump Displays the error log without pagination. Synopsis errdump [-a |-r ] Description Use this command to dump external error log messages without any page breaks. When executed without operands, this command prints all error messages for the logical switch context in which the command is executed.
  • Page 255 errDump 2008/08/25-10:13:41, [ZONE-1022], 9037, CHASSIS, INFO, Spir_67, The effective configuration has changed to meh. 2008/08/25-11:35:04, [FABR-1001], 9041, CHASSIS, WARNING, Spir_67, port 0, incompatible Long distance mode. 2008/08/25-11:39:35, [LOG-1000], 9043, CHASSIS, INFO, Spir_67, Previous message repeated 1 time(s) [output truncated] See Also errDelimiterSet, errFilterSet, errShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 256: Errfilterset

    errFilterSet errFilterSet Sets a filter for an error log destination. Synopsis errfilterset [-d “destination"][-v severity] Description Use this command to set a filter for an error log destination. A filter is set based on the severity level of the messages. If no parameters are specified, this command displays the filters that are currently in use.
  • Page 257: Errmoduleshow

    To display a list of all defined error log modules: switch:user> errmoduleshow Module IDs: 1 KT 2 UT 3 TRCE 4 KTRC 5 LOG 6 CDR 7 BLPU 8 PISP 9 PIXE 10 EGR 11 BL 12 PIC 13 PS 14 RTE 15 AS 16 AUTH 17 BLDE...
  • Page 258: Errshow

    errShow errShow Displays the error log messages with pagination. Synopsis errshow [-a |-r ] Description Use this command to display external error log messages one at a time. When executed without operands, this command prints the error messages for the logical switch context in which the command is executed.
  • Page 259 errShow 2008/08/25-10:13:41, [ZONE-1022], 9037, CHASSIS, INFO, Spir_67, The effective configuration has changed to meh. [Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: 2008/08/25-11:35:04, [FABR-1001], 9041, CHASSIS, WARNING, Spir_67, port 0, incompatible Long distance mode. [Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: 2008/08/25-11:39:35, [LOG-1000], 9043, CHASSIS, INFO, Spir_67, Previous message repeated 1 time(s) [Type <CR>...
  • Page 260: Exit

    exit exit Logs out from a shell session. Synopsis exit Description Use this command to log out from a Telnet, SSH, rlogin or serial port session. Telnet and rlogin connections are closed; the serial port returns to the prompt. login: The exit command is an accepted synonym for logout, as is typing Ctrl-D at the beginning of a line.
  • Page 261: Fabportshow

    fabPortShow fabPortShow Displays fabric port information. Synopsis fabportshow [slot/]port Description Use this command to display the state of a port relative to the fabric and a list of pending commands. The following information is displayed: Port The port number. State The state of the port: Port Offline Port Online...
  • Page 262 fabPortShow 0x00000800 Zoning has completed 0x00001000 Segmented by Platform Management 0x00002000 Segmented due to no license 0x00004000 Segmented due to E_Port disabling 0x00008000 DIA already sent for that port 0x00010000 RDI already sent 0x00020000 Port is true T port 0x00040000 Port received an ELP 0x00080000 Port received an ELP RJT...
  • Page 263 fabPortShow Operands This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to display, followed by a slash (/). port Specifies the port number to display, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow to list valid ports.
  • Page 264: Fabretryshow

    fabRetryShow fabRetryShow Displays the retry count of the fabric commands. Synopsis fabretryshow Description Use this command to display the retry count of the fabric commands. The SW_ISL (ISL ports) information displays the retry count for the following fabric commands: Exchange Link Parameters Exchange Fabric Parameters HA_EFP Exchange Fabric Parameters used during warm recovery...
  • Page 265: Fabriclog

    fabricLog fabricLog Displays (all users) or manipulates (admin) the fabric log. Synopsis fabriclog -s | --show fabriclog -c | --clear fabriclog -d | --disable fabriclog -e | --enable fabriclog -r size | --resize size fabriclog -h | --help Description Use this command to display, clear, disable, enable, or resize the fabric log. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 266 01:08:53.068 SCN Port Offline;g=0x42 F2,I4 F2,P0 01:08:53.072 *Removing all nodes from port F2,P0 F2,P0 01:08:53.072 *Snd slv port (8) (-1) (2) F2,NA F2,NA Number of entries: 23 Max number of entries: 8192 To change the size of the fabric log: switch:admin>...
  • Page 267: Fabricprincipal

    fabricPrincipal fabricPrincipal Sets the principal switch selection mode. Synopsis fabricprincipal --help|-h fabricprincipal [--show|-q] fabricprincipal --enable [-priority|-p priority] [-force|-f] fabricprincipal --disable fabricprincipal [-f] mode Description Use this command to set principal switch selection mode for a switch and to set priorities for principal switch selection.
  • Page 268 fabricPrincipal 0x02 Switch was principal prior to sending or receiving a build fabric (BF) request. This value is generated by the switch to initiate a fabric reconfiguration. This value cannot be assigned. 0x3 - 0xFE Priority value range. Choose a value in this range to indicate priority. Higher numbers mean lower priority.
  • Page 269: Fabricshow

    fabricShow fabricShow Displays fabric membership information. Synopsis fabricshow [-membership | -chassis ] fabricshow -help Description Use this command to display information about switches in the fabric. If the switch is initializing or is disabled, the message “no fabric” is displayed. In a mixed fabric, fabricshow must be executed on a switch that runs Fabric OS v5.3.0 or later;...
  • Page 270 Enet IP Addr FC IP Addr Name --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1: fffc41 10:00:00:60:69:00:02:0b 192.168.64.180 192.168.65.180 >"sw180" 1080::8:800:200C:1234/64 2: fffc42 10:00:00:60:69:00:05:91 192.168.64.60 192.168.65.60 "sw60" The Fabric has 2 switches. To show additional details of the FC Router, if present: switch:admin> fabricshow -membership Switch ID...
  • Page 271: Fabstatsshow

    fabStatsShow fabStatsShow Displays fabric statistics. Synopsis fabstatsshow Description Use this command to display statistics for the fabric. The following information is displayed: Description Description of the incident tracked including the following: • Number of times a switch domain ID has been forcibly changed •...
  • Page 272 fabStatsShow Examples To display the fabric statistics: switch:admin> fabstatsshow Description Count Port Timestamp --------------------------- ------ ------ ---------------- Domain ID forcibly changed: E_Port offline transitions: Sat Jan 23 23:29:56 2010 Reconfigurations: Sat Jan 23 23:29:56 2010 Segmentations due to: Loopback: Incompatibility: Overlap: Zoning: 17 <...
  • Page 273: Fandisable

    fanDisable fanDisable Disables a fan unit. Synopsis fandisable unit Description Use this command to disable a nonfaulty fan unit by setting the RPM speed to 0. Notes This command is not available on nonbladed systems except for the Brocade 4100, 4900, and 5300.
  • Page 274: Fanenable

    fanEnable fanEnable Enables a fan unit. Synopsis fanenable unit Description Use this command to set a previously disabled fan unit back to the default RPM speed. Notes This command is not available on nonbladed systems except for the Brocade 4100, 4900, and 5300.
  • Page 275: Fanshow

    fanShow fanShow Displays fan status and speed. Synopsis fanshow Description Use this command to display the current status and speed of each fan in the system. Fan status is displayed as: Fan is functioning correctly. absent Fan is not present. below minimum Fan is present but rotating too slowly or stopped.
  • Page 276: Fastboot

    fastBoot fastBoot Reboots the Control Processor (CP), bypassing the Power-On Self-Tests (POST). Synopsis fastboot Description Use this command to perform a “cold reboot” (power off/restart) of the control processor bypassing POST when the system comes back up. Bypassing POST can reduce boot time significantly.
  • Page 277 fastBoot To reboot a DCX without executing POST on startup (in the following example HA is enabled): switch:admin> fastboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. Are you sure you want to reboot the active CP [y/n]? y Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Sun Feb 28 19:49:45 2010...
  • Page 278: Fastwritecfg

    When FC FastWrite is enabled, GbE ports are not allowed to be enabled on the blade. The blade comes up with GbE ports internally disabled. A maximum of four user ports per port group (0-7 or 8-15) may be configured as FC FastWrite. This amounts to a maximum of eight FC FastWrite ports per blade.
  • Page 279 fastWriteCfg To disable FC FastWrite: switch:admin> fastwritecfg disable 7 !!!! WARNING !!!! Disabling this feature requires power-cycling of the affected blade to take effect and may take up to 5 minutes to complete. Non-bladed switches will be rebooted. In all cases, data traffic on all the ports (FC and GbE) of the blade will be disrupted.
  • Page 280: Fcipchiptest

    fcipChipTest fcipChipTest Tests functionality of components in the FCIP complex. Synopsis fcipchiptest [--slot slot][-testtype type][-unit number] Description Use this command to verify the internal registers and memory of the network processor, FCIP FPGA, compression processor, and GigPHY. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 281 fcipChipTest Diagnostics When a failure is detected, the test might report one or more of the following error messages: CHIP_TEST_ERR CHIP_TEST_CHIP_INIT_ERR CHIP_TEST_IMAGE_VER_ERR CHIP_TEST_TIMEOUT_ERR CHIP_TEST_HEARBEAT_ERR CHIP_TEST_INVALID_RESULT See Also fcipPathTest Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 282: Fciphelp

    fcipHelp fcipHelp Displays FCIP command information. Synopsis fciphelp Description Use this command to display a listing of Fibre Channel over IP (FCIP) commands with short descriptions for each command. FCIP commands require an FCIP license. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 283: Fcipledtest

    fcipLedTest fcipLedTest Exercises the GbE port LEDS on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24. Synopsis fcipledtest [slot | all] Description Use this command to exercise the GbE port LEDs on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24. This test cycles through the port LEDs by lighting GREEN and then flashing GREEN on all ports for 3 seconds. As the test continues the ports turn AMBER and then flashing AMBER for 3 seconds.
  • Page 284: Fcippathtest

    fcipPathTest fcipPathTest Tests the data path of the FCIP complex. Synopsis fcippathtest [--slot slot][-lb_mode mode][-nframes count] fcippathtest [--slot slot][-unit number][-path mode][-nframes count][-length data_length] [-compress mode] Description Use this command to verify the data paths in the FCIP complex. All data path modes run tests by comparing Fibre Channel frames or data packets transmitted from and received by the network processor due to the designated loopback.
  • Page 285 Specifies the data length of the frames used in the test (Brocade 7500/FR4-18i only). The default is 1,024; the maximum is 2,112 FC frames and 8,196 data packets. -compress mode Specifies the compression device for which to select or to bypass data compression for the test (Brocade 7500/FR4-18i only).
  • Page 286: Fclunquery

    fcLunQuery fcLunQuery Displays a list of LUN IDs and LUNs for all accessible targets. Synopsis fclunquery [-w wwn | -s] Description Use this command to display a list of LUN IDs and LUNs for all accessible targets. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 287: Fcoe

    Specifies the port number. There are 24 configurable embedded FCoE ports on the Brocade 8000 switch, and the valid range for port is 8 to 31. On the Brocade FCoE 10-24 blade, there are 24 configurable FCoE ports numbered 0-23.
  • Page 288 FCoE Unsets the FCMAP for a specified VLAN. Devices previously logged in are --fcmapunset disconnected. -vlan vid Specifies the VLAN ID for which the FCMAP is unset. Configures FIP multicast advertisement intervals. --fipcfg -advintvl intvl Specifies the interval in seconds. The minimum interval value is 0 and the maximum value is 90.
  • Page 289 FCoE 851600 Online FCoE VF-Port 1 VN-Port(s) 851700 Online FCoE VF-Port 1 VN-Port(s) 851800 Online FCoE VF-Port 1 VN-Port(s) 851900 Online FCoE VF-Port 1 VN-Port(s) 851a00 Online FCoE VF-Port 1 VN-Port(s) 851b00 Online FCoE VF-Port 1 VN-Port(s) 851c00 Online FCoE VF-Port 1 VN-Port(s) 851d00 Online...
  • Page 290 FCoE To display FIP and FCMAP configurations on the Brocade 8000: switch:admin> fcoe --fipcfgshow FIP Unsolicited Advertisement Interval = 0 ======================================== VLAN fcmap ======================================== 0xefc00 [Default fcmap] ======================================== To display devices logged into FCoE port 2/0on the Brocade FCoE10-24: switch:admin> fcoe --loginshow 2/0 Number of connected devices: 1 ================================================================ Peer Type...
  • Page 291: Fcoelogincfg

    fcoeLoginCfg fcoeLoginCfg Manages or displays the FCoE login configuration. Synopsis fcoelogincfg --show [-switch swwn | -logingroup lgname] [-saved]] | [-mergestatus] fcoelogincfg --save fcoelogincfg --transshow fcoelogincfg --transabort fcoelogincfg --purge -conflicting [-nonexisting] fcoelogincfg --purge -nonexisting [-conflicting] fcoelogincfg --enable fcoelogincfg --disable Description Use this command to save, abort, or display the current FCoE login configuration, including ongoing transactions and the effective (saved) configuration.
  • Page 292 fcoeLoginCfg Enables the FCoE login configuration management on the switch. This allows --enable only configured Enode VN_Ports to log in. Use the fcoeLoginGroup command to configure allowed Enode VN_Ports. Disables the FCoE login configuration management on the switch. This allows --disable unrestricted login on Enode V_Ports.
  • Page 293: Fcoelogingroup

    fcoeLoginGroup fcoeLoginGroup Creates and manages FCoE login group configuration. Synopsis fcoelogingroup --create lgname -self |-switch swwn [-allowall | member[;member] ... fcoelogingroup --delete lgname fcoelogingroup --add lgname member[;member] ... fcoelogingroup --remove lgname wwn fcoelogingroup --rename lgname newlgname fcoelogingroup --help Description Use this command to create or modify the FCoE login management configuration fabric-wide. You can create or delete a login group, add Virtual N_Port (VN_Port) WWNs to a login group, or removeor VN_Port WWNs from a login group.
  • Page 294 fcoeLoginGroup member Identifies the WWN of the VN_Port. The WWN must be specified in hex as xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx. If more than one member is specified, members must be separated by a semicolon. Only specified members are allowed to log into the switch. Removes VN_Port devices from the login group.
  • Page 295: Fcping

    fcPing fcPing Sends a Fibre Channel Extended Link Service (ELS) Echo request to a pair of ports or to a single destination, or executes a SuperPing. Synopsis fcping [--number frames][--length size][--interval wait][--pattern pattern] [--bypasszone] [--quiet] [source] destination fcping --allpaths] [-printisl] [-maxTries M][-covcount N][-delay N] destination fcping --help Description Use this command to send a Fibre Channel ELS Echo request to a pair of ports (a source and a...
  • Page 296 fcPing The execution of SuperPing requires that all switches in the fabric run Fabric OS v6.4.0 or later. For switches running earlier versions of Fabric OS, the collected data is incomplete. If a fabric reconfiguration occurs while SuperPing is in progress, the command reports an error message.
  • Page 297 fcPing for a destination without any other options, SuperPing covers all ISLs in the routes between source to destination but does exercise all possible combinations of end-to-end paths. This operand is required when executing fcPing as SuperPing. The following operands are optional and valid only with the --allpaths option: Displays statistical data for each ISL and internal port along the paths -printisl traversed by SuperPing.
  • Page 298 fcPing To display one device that accepts the request and another device that does not respond to the request: switch:admin> fcping 0x020800 22:00:00:04:cf:75:63:85 Source: 0x20800 Destination: 22:00:00:04:cf:75:63:85 Zone Check: Zoned Pinging 0x20800 with 12 bytes of data: received reply from 0x20800: 12 bytes time:1159 usec received reply from 0x20800: 12 bytes time:1006 usec received reply from 0x20800: 12 bytes time:1008 usec received reply from 0x20800: 12 bytes time:1038 usec...
  • Page 299 Pinging(size:12 bytes) destination domain 30 through all paths PATH SWITCH1--> SWITCH2--> -------------------------------------------------------- 1.(10/EMB,10/4)[128] (20/5,20/EMB )[128] (1/EMB, 1/6)[2] \ Successfully completed superping for all paths SWITCH3--> SWITCH4 STATUS --------------------------------------------------------- (2/7,2/EMB)[2] (30/EMB,30/8)[128] (40/9, 40/EMB)[128] SUCCESS Successfully completed superping for all paths Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 300 In the following example a few errors are recorded on the ISLs 3/205->2/25, 3/204->2/27, 2/42->101/3 and 2/1->101/8. But the internal port analyis shows that errors are recorded on the internal port 0/284 in domain 2, which is the potential faulty link.
  • Page 301 fcPing ISL COVERAGE ------------- STATUS ---------------------------------------------------- 3/205-->207/25 ) SUCCESS(4025/4025) 3/204-->207/27 ) SUCCESS(5/5) (207/42 -->101/3 SUCCESS(4030/4030) (101/16 -->165/99 ) SUCCESS(4030/4030) INTERNAL PORT COVERAGE ----------------------- DOMAIN INTRNL_PORT STATUS ----------------------------------------- See Also ping Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 302: Fcplogclear

    fcpLogClear fcpLogClear Clears the FCPD debug information log. Synopsis fcplogclear Description Use this command to clear the debug information logged by the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD). Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 303: Fcplogdisable

    fcpLogDisable fcpLogDisable Disables the FCPD debug information log (debug command). Synopsis fcplogdisable Description Use this command to disable the logging of debug information by the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD). Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 304: Fcplogenable

    fcpLogEnable fcpLogEnable Enables the FCPD debug information log (debug command). Synopsis fcplogenable Description Use this command to enable Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) logging. Debug information logging is enabled by default. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 305: Fcplogshow

    fcpLogShow fcpLogShow Displays the FCPD debug information log (debug command). Synopsis fcplogshow Description Use this command to display the debug information logged at various stages during the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) device probing. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 306: Fcpprobeshow

    fcpProbeShow fcpProbeShow Displays the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) probe information. Synopsis fcpprobeshow [slot/]port Description Use this command to display the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) device probing information for the devices attached to the specified F_Port or FL_Port. This information includes the number of successful logins and SCSI INQUIRY commands sent over this port and a list of the attached devices.
  • Page 307: Fcprlsshow

    fcpRlsShow fcpRlsShow Displays the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) Read Link Status (RLS) information. Synopsis fcprlsshow [slot/]port Description Use this command to display the FCP RLS information for an F_Port or FL_Port. This information describes the number of loss-of-signal, loss-of-sync, CRC errors, and other failure events detected on the specified port.
  • Page 308: Fcrbcastconfig

    fcrBcastConfig fcrBcastConfig Displays or sets the broadcast frame forwarding option. Synopsis fcrbcastconfig --show fcrbcastconfig --enable -f fabric id fcrbcastconfig --disable -f fabric id fcrbcastconfig --help Description Use this command to enable or disable the broadcast frame option or to display the current configuration.
  • Page 309 fcrBcastConfig To display the new configuration: switch:admin> fcrbcastconfig show Broadcast configuration is enabled for FID: 2 128 See Also bcastshow, portRouteShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 310: Fcrchiptest

    fcrChipTest fcrChipTest Tests the functionality of FC Router FPGA. Synopsis fcrchiptest [--slot slot] [-unit number] [-testtype type] Description Use this command to test the FC Router Field-programmable gate array (FPGA). This test verifies that all SRAM and register data bits in each ASIC can be independently written and read successfully.
  • Page 311 fcrChipTest Examples To run all tests on slot 7 and FC Router FPGA 1: switch:admin> fcrchiptest slot 7 -unit 1 -testtype 0 Running fcrchiptest ....Test Complete: fcrchiptest Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 hr, 0 min & 4 sec (0:0:4:351). passed.
  • Page 312: Fcrconfigure

    fcrConfigure fcrConfigure Sets FC Router configuration parameters. Synopsis fcrconfigure Description Use this command to configure the FC Router parameters for this platform. This is an interactive command. This command cannot execute on a system with the FC Router feature enabled. First disable FC routing by using fosConfig or disable the switch with switchDisable.
  • Page 313: Fcredgeshow

    fcrEdgeshow fcrEdgeshow Displays the FIDs of all configured EX_Ports. Synopsis fcredgeshow fcredgeshow [-fid FabricID] fcredgeshow --help Description Use this command without operand to display information about all Fabric IDs (FIDs) that have been created on the chassis and are assigned to EX_Ports. When a FID is specified, fcredgeshow displays information for all EX_Ports configured with the specified FID.
  • Page 314 fcrEdgeshow To display a FID for which no EX_Ports are configured: switch:admin> fcredgeshow -fid 29 No EX-ports with FID 29 See Also fcrPhyDevShow, fcrProxyDevShow, fcrRouteShow, lsanZoneShow, switchShow, fcrfabricshow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 315: Fcrfabricshow

    Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Operands none Examples To display the FC Routers in the backbone fabric: switch:admin> fcrfabricshow FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:59:81, Dom ID: Info: 10.33.36.8, "swd77" EX_Port Neighbor Switch Info (enet IP, WWN, name) ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10.33.35.81 10:00:00:05:1e:34:01:d0 "B10_4"...
  • Page 316 fcrFabricShow FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:51:67, Dom ID: Info: 10.33.36.96, "Scimitar" EX_Port Neighbor Switch Info (enet IP, WWN, name) ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10.33.35.80 10:00:00:05:1e:38:01:e7 "B10_3"* FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:a6:7e, Dom ID: Info: 10.32.66.210, 210::10:32:66:210 "Neptune210" EX_Port Neighbor Switch Info (enet IP, WWN, name) ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 10.20.30.176 10:00:00:05:1e:35:bf:1d...
  • Page 317: Fcrlsan

    fcrlSan fcrlSan Configures and displays LSAN policies. Synopsis fcrlsan fcrlsan --add -enforce tag | -speed tag fcrlsan --remove -enforce tag | -speed tag fcrlsan --show -enforce | -speed | all fcrlsan --help Description Use this command to add or remove LSAN tags, or to display existing tags in the configuration. LSAN tagging optimizes an FC router's behavior based on a specified subset of LSANS.
  • Page 318 fcrlSan Displays the specified tag from the LSAN tag configuration. --show Displays the command usage. --help -enforce tag Accepts only the LSANs from the edge fabric that matches the specified tag string into the local FCR database. A valid tag is a string of a maximum of eight characters.
  • Page 319: Fcrlsancount

    fcrLsanCount fcrLsanCount Displays or sets the maximum LSAN count. Synopsis fcrlsancount [max-lsan-count] Description Use this command to set or display the maximum number of LSAN zones that can be configured on the edge fabric. By default, the maximum LSAN count is set to 3000, which is also the minimum. This command lets you create more LSANs on your edge fabric, up to 5000, if needed to support additional devices.
  • Page 320: Fcrlsanmatrix

    fcrLsanMatrix fcrLsanMatrix Creates, edits and displays LSAN fabric or FCR matrix information, which binds the LSAN Zone and device database information to specified edge fabric IDs or FCRs. Synopsis fcrlsanmatrix fcrlsanmatrix --add -lsan FID FID | -fcr wwn wwn fcrlsanmatrix --remove -lsan FID FID | -fcr wwn wwn fcrlsanmatrix --apply -lsan | -fcr | -all fcrlsanmatrix --cancel -lsan | -fcr | -all fcrlsanmatrix --display -lsan | -fcr | -all...
  • Page 321 fcrLsanMatrix • Display the information saved in the cache. • Clear the information from the cache and revert to the saved value. • Display the information that is saved in the persistent memory (CLI command with no option). • Display the static and default/dynamic binding of the backbone to show which edge fabrics or FCRs can access each other.
  • Page 322 Examples For the following example, assume that the backbone has the following online edge fabrics (FIDs): 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 (currently, 14, 19 are not available). To add the LSAN Zone Matrix data: switch:admin > fcrlsanmatrix add 4 5 switch:admin >...
  • Page 323 fcrLsanMatrix 10:32:16:90:28:dd:d0:03 0bf001 2a0900 Imported 10:32:16:91:24:dd:d0:07 0bf002 520c00 Imported 10:32:16:91:25:dd:d0:06 01f002 4e3000 Imported 10:00:00:06:2b:0d:29:31 09f002 482200 Imported 10:32:16:90:29:dd:d0:07 08f002 2a0a00 Imported 10:32:16:91:24:dd:d0:05 09f001 48a100 Imported 10:32:16:91:25:dd:d0:03 08f001 520f00 Imported 10:00:00:06:2b:0d:29:30 01f002 4e1400 Imported 10:00:00:06:2b:0d:2f:ed 03f002 480200 Imported 10:00:00:06:2b:0d:33:4d 01f001 4e1800 Imported 10:00:00:06:2b:0e:4d:c9 03f001...
  • Page 324 fcrLsanMatrix To zero out database execute the following commands: fcrlsanmatrix --add -lsan 0 0 fcrlsanmatrix --add -fcr 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 fcrlsanmatrix --apply -all • In a dual backbone configuration, execute fcrlsanmatrix --fabricview on the FCR switches to confirm that the shared edge fabric FIDs have the same access in both backbones. •...
  • Page 325: Fcrpathtest

    Check if the number of frames transmitted is not equal to the number of frames received. 8. Repeat steps 2 through 7 for all ports present until one of the following conditions is met: a. The number of frames (or passCount) requested is reached.
  • Page 326 fcrPathTest Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command is supported only on Brocade FR4-18i blades and Brocade 7500 platforms. The switch must be offline for this test to run.
  • Page 327 fcrPathTest DIAG-STATS The ASIC internal error counters detected an error in the received frame. This error is similar to ERRSTATS, but includes verifying the Tx/Rx frame count statistics. The DIAG-STATS error can be caused by a faulty SFP or indicate deeper problems in the main board or ASIC.
  • Page 328: Fcrphydevshow

    fcrPhyDevShow fcrPhyDevShow Displays the FC Router physical device information. Synopsis fcrphydevshow [-a][-f FID][-w wwn][-c][-d] Description Use this command to display the physical (real) devices that are configured to be exported to other fabrics. A device is considered to be configured to be exported to another fabric if it is a member of an LSAN zone.
  • Page 329 fcrPhyDevShow Examples To display the physical devices relevant to this FC Router: fcr:admin> fcrphydevshow Device Physical Exists in Fabric ----------------------------------------- 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68 c70000 50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e 0100ef 50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83 0100e8 Total devices displayed: 3 See Also fcrFabricShow, fcrProxyDevShow, fcrRouteShow, lsanZoneShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 330: Fcrproxyconfig

    (valid values include F0H through FFH) and YY specifies the PortID value or the low 8-bits of the proxy device address (valid values include 01H through 7FH). The address of the proxy device is derived from the PID format (for example, native, core, or extended edge) and the proxy device slot.
  • Page 331 fcrProxyConfig “WWN does not exist in any proxy device slot” is displayed if the WWN does not exist in any slot for the specified edge fabric. “Too many proxy slots configured. Remove some unused proxy device WWNs from their slots using the -r operand and try again.” is displayed if all slots are used for the specified edge fabric.
  • Page 332: Fcrproxydevshow

    fcrProxyDevShow fcrProxyDevShow Displays FC Router proxy device information. Synopsis fcrproxydevshow [-a][-f fabricid][-w wwn] Description Use this command to display the proxy devices presented by FC Router EX_Ports and information about the proxy devices. A proxy device is a virtual device presented in to a fabric by an FC Router. A proxy device represents a real device on another fabric.
  • Page 333 fcrProxyDevShow -f fabricid Display the proxy devices in the specified fabric that are relevant to this FC Router. -w wwn Displays proxy devices with the specified port WWN. Examples To display the physical devices relevant to this FC Router: switch:admin> fcrphydevshow Device Physical Exists...
  • Page 334: Fcrresourceshow

    fcrResourceShow fcrResourceShow Displays FC Router physical resource usage. Synopsis fcrresourceshow Description Use this command to display the FC Router-available resources. The maximum number allowed versus the currently used is displayed for various resources. The command output includes: LSAN Zones The maximum versus the currently used LSAN zones. LSAN Devices The maximum versus the currently used LSAN device database entries.
  • Page 335 fcrResourceShow Notes Only configured EX/VEX_Ports are displayed The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Operands none Examples...
  • Page 336: Fcrrouterportcost

    The bandwidth of an inter-fabric link (IFL) is unrelated to its default cost. In other words, 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps EX_Port IFLs have the same cost value of 1000 as their FC Router port. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 337 fcrRouterPortCost To display the cost on an EX_Port: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 0 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost ------------------------ 7/10 1000 To set the cost of an EX_Port and display the result: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 10000 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost ------------------------ 7/10 10000...
  • Page 338: Fcrrouteshow

    fcrRouteShow fcrRouteShow Displays FC Router route information. Synopsis fcrrouteshow Description Use this command to display routes through the FC Router backbone fabric to accessible destination fabrics. An FC Router backbone fabric is the fabric that contains the E_Ports of this platform and routes inter-fabric traffic between imported fabrics, creating a meta-SAN.
  • Page 339: Fcrxlateconfig

    fcrXlateConfig fcrXlateConfig Configures a translate (xlate) domain's domain ID and state of persistence for both the EX_Port-attached fabric and the backbone fabric. Synopsis fcrxlateconfig fcrxlateconfig importedFID exportedFID preferredDomainID fcrxlateconfig --remove | -r importedFID exportedFID fcrxlateconfig --enable persistxd fcrxlateconfig --disable persistxd fcrxlateconfig --help Description Use this command to display a translate (xlate) domain ID or change the preferred domain ID and...
  • Page 340 fcrXlateConfig Operands This command has the following operands: fcrxlateconfig Sets the preferred domain ID (1-239) to preferredDomainID for the translate phantom domain and saves the configuration persistently. The translate domain must be inactive to set the preferred domain ID. The following operands are required: importedFID Specifies the fabric ID (1 through 128) of the fabric that contains the...
  • Page 341 To set the preferred domain ID of the translate domain created in fabric 2, which represents the remote fabric 3, to a value of 8: switch:admin> fcrxlateconfig 2 3 8 xlate domain already configured, overwrite?(n) y To clear the preferred domain ID of the translate domain created in fabric 2, which represents remote fabric 3: switch:admin>...
  • Page 342: Fddcfg

    fddCfg fddCfg Manages the fabric data distribution configuration parameters. Synopsis fddcfg --showall fddcfg --localaccept policy_list fddcfg --localreject policy_list fddcfg --fabwideset policy_list Description Use this command to manage the fabric data distribution configuration parameters. These parameters control the fabric-wide consistency policy. Switches can be locally configured to allow or reject a security policy.
  • Page 343 fddCfg To set the Fabric-Wide Consistency Policy as tolerant, omit the "S". A valid policy set should be of the form "SCC:S;DCC;FCS". To set the fabric-wide policy to NULL (default) or no fabric-wide consistency, use the policy Set "". Supported policies are Switch Connection Control (SCC), Device Connection Control (DCC), and Fabric Configuration Server (FCS).
  • Page 344: Fdmicacheshow

    fdmiCacheShow fdmiCacheShow Displays abbreviated remote FDMI device information, according to remote domain ID. Synopsis fdmicacheshow Description Use this command to display FDMI cache information for remote domains only. The state of each remote domain, identified by its domain ID, is shown to be unknown, known, unsupported, or error.
  • Page 345: Fdmishow

    fdmiShow fdmiShow Displays detailed FDMI device information. Synopsis fdmishow Description Use this command to display FDMI information for all HBAs and ports. Detailed FDMI information is displayed for local HBAs and ports. This information includes the HBA with its corresponding ports, along with their respective attributes. Only abbreviated FDMI information is shown for HBA and ports on remote switches.
  • Page 346: Ficoncfg

    ficonCfg ficonCfg Configures the specified FICON database. Synopsis ficoncfg --set database port_index ficoncfg --reset database ficoncfg --help Description Use this command to configure a FICON database on a specified port. Refer to ficonShow for a description of the database content. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 347: Ficonclear

    ficonClear ficonClear Clears the records from the specified FICON database. Synopsis ficonclear database Description Use this command to remove records from the local FICON database. The command effect depends on the specified database. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 348: Ficoncupset

    ficonCupSet ficonCupSet Sets FICON-CUP parameters for a switch. Synopsis ficoncupset fmsmode enable | disable ficoncupset modereg bitname 0 | 1 ficoncupset MIHPTO seconds ficoncupset CRP PID CHID Description Use this command to set FICON-CUP (Control Unit Port) parameters for a switch. All parameters can be set while the switch is online.
  • Page 349 ficonCupSet CRP PID CHID Sets the current reporting path (CRP). The reporting path is a CUP mechanism for sending FRU-failure reports to a FICON logical path via FICON protocol. The logical path between the PID and the CHID must exist and be in operational state for this command to succeed.
  • Page 350: Ficoncupshow

    ficonCupShow ficonCupShow Displays FICON-CUP parameters for a switch. Synopsis ficoncupshow fmsmode ficoncupshow modereg [bitname] ficoncupshow MIHPTO ficoncupshow LP Description Use this command to display FICON-CUP (Control Unit Port) parameters for a switch. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 351 ficonCupShow To display the mode register for the switch: switch:user> ficoncupshow modereg POSC DCAM ------------------------------ To display the ASM bit in the mode register for the switch: switch:user> ficoncupshow modereg ASM To display the MIHPTO value for the CUP: switch:user> ficoncupshow MIHPTO MIHPTO for the CUP: 60 seconds To display the logical paths for the switch: switch:user>...
  • Page 352: Ficonhelp

    ficonHelp ficonHelp Displays a list of FICON support commands. Synopsis ficonhelp Description Use this command to display a list of FICON support commands with descriptions. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 353: Ficonshow

    ficonShow ficonShow Displays the contents of the specified FICON database. Synopsis ficonshow database [fabric] Description Use this command to display the contents of a FICON database. The ficonShow database operand is the name of the database to display. If the fabric operand is absent, the command displays the members of the named database that are local to the switch on which the command was issued.
  • Page 354 ficonShow Link Incident Description Same as Link Incident Type. Link Incident Type Indicates the link incident type as one of the following: • Bit-error-rate threshold exceeded • Loss of signal or synchronization • NOS recognized • Primitive sequence timeout • Invalid primitive sequence for port state Listener PID Same as PID.
  • Page 355 ficonShow 0x04 Output unit, if it is a storage port; otherwise, a reserved field for a channel port 0x05 Reserved field for a channel port. 0x06 Controller, if it is a storage port; otherwise, a reserved field for a channel port. 0x07 Terminal - Full screen if it is a storage port;...
  • Page 356 ficonShow Switch node WWN Displays the switch node world wide name. Switch Port WWN Displays the switch port world wide name. Switch WWN Displays the switch WWN. Displays the physical identifier for the self-describing node interface. TS Format Displays the Time Server format. Time Stamp Displays the timestamp, expressed in date format.
  • Page 357 ficonShow 0x18 N 502e00 50:05:07:64:01:40:0f:ca 50:05:07:64:00:c1:69:ca 0x10 0x200105 Type number: 002064 Model number: Manufacturer: Plant of Manufacture: 02 Sequence Number: 0000000169CA tag: 052e To display the local and remote LIRR database: switch:admin> ficonshow LIRR fabric {Fmt Type PID Listener Port WWN Switch Port WWN Listener Type 0x18 N...
  • Page 358 ficonShow 20:2e:00:60:69:80:1e:4e 10:00:00:60:69:80:1e:4e 0x00 0x200a2e Switch Part Number: 060-0001501-05 Switch Serial Number: 0FT02X801E4E Domain: 20480 The local RLIR database has 1 entry. To display the local ILIR database: switch:user> ficonshow ILIR {FRU Failure [2]: Power Supply[2] failure occurred on Mon Jan 13 12:11:38 2003 Protocol Domain Fabric WWN Switch WWN...
  • Page 359: Fipscfg

    fipsCfg fipsCfg Configures FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards) mode. Synopsis fipscfg --enable [fips | selftests | bootprom] fipscfg --disable [fips | selftests | bootprom] fipscfg --zeroize fipscfg --show | --showall fipscfg --force fips fipscfg --verify fips Description Use this command to configure FIPS mode on the switch. In this mode, only FIPS-compliant algorithms are allowed.
  • Page 360 fipsCfg --show |--showall Displays the current FIPS configuration. --force fips This option enables FIPS mode even if prerequisites are not met, except under the following two conditions: 1. In a dual-CP system if HA is not in sync between the two CPs. 2.
  • Page 361 fipsCfg Bootprom access is enabled. FIPS mode cannot be configured at this time To enable FIPS after prerequisites have been met: switch:admin> fipscfg --enable fips You are enabling FIPS. Do you want to continue? (yes, y, no, n) [no] : yes FIPS mode has been set to : Enabled Please reboot the system switch:admin>...
  • Page 362 fipsCfg Zeroizing Radius configuration: RADIUS configuration does not exist. LDAP configuration does not exist. Zeroizing IPSec static SA configuration. Zeroizing SSH key. Permission denied to perform this operation. Failed to zeroize SSH public key. switch:admin> To disable bootprom: switch:root> fipscfg --disable bootprom You are disabling bootprom.
  • Page 363: Firmwarecommit

    firmwareCommit firmwareCommit Commits switch firmware. Synopsis firmwarecommit Description Use this command to commit a firmware download to a CP. This command copies an updated firmware image to the secondary partition and commits both partitions of the CP to an updated version of the firmware.
  • Page 364: Firmwaredownload

    firmwareDownload firmwareDownload Downloads firmware from a remote host, a local directory, or a USB device. Synopsis To invoke the command in interactive mode: firmwaredownload To download FOS firmware over a network: firmwaredownload [ -s [ -b | -n ] ] [ -p ftp | scp ] [ -c ] [ -o ] host, user, pfile, passwd To download SAS/SA firmware over a network: firmwaredownload -a sas | dmm | application [ -t slotnumber(s) ] [ -p ftp | scp ] [ -c ] [ -o ] host, user, pfile, passwd...
  • Page 365 firmwareDownload For each standalone switch in your fabric, complete all firmware download changes before issuing the firmwareDownload command on the next switch to ensure a nondisruptive download. If firmwareDownload is interrupted due to an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition.
  • Page 366 firmwareDownload host Specify a valid FTP or SSH server name or IP address. IPV4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. The firmware is downloaded from the specified host. If a host is not specified, the firmware is considered accessible on a local directory.
  • Page 367 -U v6.2.0 Checking system settings for firmwaredownload... Protocol selected: USB Trying address-->AF_INET IP: 127.1.1.8, flags : 2 System settings check passed. Checking version compatibility... Version compatibility check passed. This command will upgrade the firmware on both CP blades. If you want to upgrade firmware on a single CP only, please use -s option.
  • Page 368 Targeted Slots (slot numbers): 8 Server Name or IP Address: 192.168.126.250 Network Protocol (1-auto-select, 2-FTP, 3-SCP) [1]: User Name: userfoo File Name: /home/userfoo/dist/release.plist Password: Verifying the system parameters for firmwaredownload... System parameters checking passed. Checking version compatibility... Version compatibility checking DISABLED.
  • Page 369: Firmwaredownloadstatus

    Slot 7 (SAS): Blade is rebooting. [7]: Thu Jul 28 00:37:50 2007 Slot 2 (SAS): Firmware commit is started. [8]: Thu Jul 28 00:37:50 2007 Slot 7 (SAS): Firmware commit is started. [9]: Thu Jul 28 00:37:50 2007 Slot 2 (SAS): Firmware commit has completed.
  • Page 370 Slot 6 (CP1, active): Standby CP booted successfully with new firmware. [5]: Mon Dec 19 18:47:56 2007 Slot 8 (FR4-18i): Firmware is being downloaded to the blade. This step may take up to 10 minutes. [6]: Mon Dec 19 18:48:50 2007 Slot 5 (CP0, active): Forced failover succeeded.
  • Page 371 Slot 8 (FR4-18i): Firmware commit has started on the blade. This may take up to 10 minutes. [10]: Mon Dec 19 18:50:51 2007 Slot 8 (FR4-18i): The commit operation has completed successfully. [11]: Mon Dec 19 18:55:39 2007 Slot 5 (CP0, active): Firmware has been downloaded successfully on Standby CP.
  • Page 372: Firmwarekeyshow

    firmwareKeyShow firmwareKeyShow Displays the public key used for signed firmware validation. Synopsis firmwarekeyshow Description This command displays the contents of the public key used for validating the integrity of firmware images when signed firmware validation is enabled. Notes A firmware key should be installed on every switch as a part of the Fabric OS installation. The presence of a firmware key does not imply that the firmware signature is checked during firmwareDownload.
  • Page 373: Firmwarekeyupdate

    firmwareKeyUpdate firmwareKeyUpdate Updates the public key used for signed firmware validation. Synopsis firmwarekeyupdate firmwarekeyupdate [-p ftp|scp] host,user,keyfile,passwd firmwarekeyupdate -U keyfile Description Use this command to update the public key used for firmware signature validation. The firmware key can be updated over the network, or, if the switch supports this option, from an attached USB device.
  • Page 374 firmwareKeyUpdate user Specify a user name for FTP or SSH server access. This operand can be omitted, if the firmware key is accessible on a local directory or by anonymous FTP server access. A user name other than “anonymous” is required for SSH server access.
  • Page 375: Firmwarerestore

    firmwareRestore firmwareRestore Restores the former active firmware image. Synopsis firmwarerestore Description Use this command to restore the former active Fabric OS firmware image. This command can only be run if autocommit was disabled during the firmwaredownload. This command cannot be used to restore SAS and SA images.
  • Page 376: Firmwareshow

    firmwareShow firmwareShow Displays the Fabric OS versions on all firmware partitions in the system. Synopsis firmwareshow Description Use this command to display the FOS, SAS, and SA firmware versions. The command shows the firmware versions on both the primary and secondary partitions of the storage device. When this command is issued while a firmware download is in process, an appropriate warning message is displayed, Note...
  • Page 377: Fmconfig

    fmConfig fmConfig Manages frame monitor configuration. Synopsis fmConfig --create frame_type -pat bit_pattern [-port port_list] [-nosave] [-highth value][-timebase time_base][-action actions] [-force] fmconfig --change frame_type [-pat bit_pattern][-highth value] [-timebase time_base] [-action actions] fmconfig --show [frame_type] [-port port_list | -all][-force] fmconfig --addmonitor frame_type -port port_list [-nosave][-force] fmconfig --delmonitor frame_type -port port_list [-nosave][-force] fmconfig --delete frame_type [-force] fmconfig --clear frame_type -port port_list...
  • Page 378 fmConfig For the perfMonitorShow and perfMonitorClear commands, the management of Filter Monitors (FLT class) is provided through the new fmConfig interface. While the legacy commands are still operational in the Fabric OS 6.4.0 release, their use is incompatible with the new fmConfig command. Once you use the new interface to configure and manage frame monitors, you can no longer use the old commands.
  • Page 379 fmConfig SCSI_WRITE Specifies a frame of type SCSI Write with a bit pattern of “12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06;40,0xFF,0x08,0x0A,0x2A;”. SCSI_RW Specifies a frame of type SCSI Write with a bit pattern of “12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06;40,0xFF,0x08,0x28,0x0A,0x2A;”. SCSI2_RESERVE Specifies a frame of type SCSI-2 Reserve with a bit pattern of “12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06;40,0xFF,0x16,0x56;”.
  • Page 380 8 or 5/8 or 3,5,8. • One or more port ranges where the beginning and end port are separated by a dash, for example, 8-13 or 5/8-13, or 3/4-9. A port range cannot span multiple slots. -nosave Overrides the default behavior of fmConfig --create, which automatically saves the configuration and collected data persistently.
  • Page 381 fmConfig --addmonitor frame_type -port port_list [-nosave] [-force] Installs an existing frame monitor on the specified ports. Specify -nosave to save the configuration is nonpersistently. Use -force for first-time execution without confirmation. --delmonitor frame_type -port port_list [-nosave] [-force] Removes an existing frame monitor from the specified ports. Specify -nosave to save the configuration is nonpersistently.
  • Page 382 fmConfig To delete the custom frame monitor “MyFrameMonitor” from all ports: switch:admin> fmconfig --delmonitor MyFrameMonitor To delete the entire frame type configuration: switch:admin> fmconfig --delete MyFrameMonitor To clear the counters for the SCSI2_READ monitor from ports 7-10: switch:admin> fmconfig --clear SCSI2_READ -port 7-10 To display the existing frame types and associated bit patterns on the switch: switch:admin>...
  • Page 383: Fosconfig

    fosConfig fosConfig Displays or modifies Fabric OS features. Synopsis fosconfig --enable feature fosconfig --disable feature fosconfig --show Description Use this command to enable or disable a feature, or to display the current operating status of features on a switch. This command can be run while the switch is online. The following features are supported (refer to the Notes for limitations): •...
  • Page 384 fosConfig Enables Virtual Fabrics. By default, Virtual Fabrics are disabled. Before enabling the Virtual Fabrics, ensure that there are no Administrative Domains (ADs) in effect. Administrative Domains must be disabled before enabling Virtual Fabrics. This command prompts for confirmation, because the chassis reboots after this command is executed.
  • Page 385 fosConfig To enable the iSCSI service: switch:admin> fosconfig --enable iscsi iSCSI service is enabled To disable the iSCSI service: switch:admin> fosconfig --disable iscsi iSCSI service is disabled To enable Virtual Fabrics: switch:admin> fosconfig --enable vf WARNING: This is a disruptive operation that requires a reboot to take effect.
  • Page 386: Fosexec

    fosExec fosExec Executes a command in a specified logical switch context. Synopsis fosexec --fid FID -cmd “cmd [args]” fosexec --fid all [-force] -cmd “cmd [args]” Description Use this command to execute any Fabric OS command on a specified logical switch context or on all logical switches.
  • Page 387 fosExec Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto =================================================== 640000 No_Module 640100 No_Module 640200 No_Module To enable port 5/0 on all logical switches: switch:admin> fosexec --fid all -cmd “portenable 5/0” --------------------------------------------------- "portenable" on FID 128: --------------------------------------------------- "portenable" on FID 10: A port or ports is/are not part of this switch.
  • Page 388 fosExec To display the switch name for all logical switches without confirmation: switch:user> fosexec --fid all force -cmd "switchname" ------------------------------------ "switchname" on FID 10: switch_10 ----------------------------------- "switchname" on FID 20: switch_20 switch:user> See Also setContext, userConfig Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 389: Frureplace

    fruReplace fruReplace Provides an interactive interface to help replace a field replaceable unit (FRU). Synopsis frureplace fru Description Use this command to replace a FRU. The command automatically performs the necessary backup and restore operations to accommodate the replacement. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 390: Fspfshow

    fspfShow fspfShow Displays Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) protocol information. Synopsis fspfshow Description Use this command to display FSPF protocol information and internal data structures of the FSPF module. The command displays the fields listed in Table TABLE 17 fspfShow display fields Field Description version...
  • Page 391 fspfShow Examples To display FSPF protocol information: switch:admin> fspfshow version domainID = 131 switchOnline = TRUE domainValid = TRUE isl_ports[0] = 0x00000000 isl_ports[1] = 0x74000000 trunk_ports[0] = 0x00000000 trunk_ports[1] = 0x02000000 f_ports[0] = 0x00400000 f_ports[1] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[0] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[1] = 0x00000000 active_ports[0] = 0x00400000...
  • Page 392: Fwalarmsfilterset

    fwAlarmsFilterSet fwAlarmsFilterSet Enables or disables alarms for Fabric Watch. Synopsis fwalarmsfilterset [mode] Description Use this command to configure alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. By turning off the alarms, all nonenvironment class alarms are suppressed. By turning on the alarms, all class alarms are generated.
  • Page 393: Fwalarmsfiltershow

    fwAlarmsFilterShow fwAlarmsFilterShow Displays alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. Synopsis fwalarmsfiltershow Description Use this command to display whether alarm filtering is enabled or disabled. Notes This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 394: Fwclassinit

    fwClassInit fwClassInit Initializes all classes under Fabric Watch. Synopsis fwclassinit Description Use this command to initialize all classes under Fabric Watch. The command should only be used after installing a Fabric Watch license to start licensed Fabric Watch classes. Refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator’s Guide for a list of supported Fabric Watch classes.
  • Page 395: Fwconfigreload

    fwConfigReload fwConfigReload Reloads the Fabric Watch configuration. Synopsis fwconfigreload Description Use this command to reload the Fabric Watch configuration. This command should only be used after downloading a new Fabric Watch configuration file from a host. Notes This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 396: Fwconfigure

    fwConfigure fwConfigure Displays and modifies the Fabric Watch configuration. Synopsis fwconfigure fwconfigure --enable --port port fwconfigure --disable --port port Description This command is being deprecated in Fabric OS v6.4.0; it will be removed in a subsequent release. Functional equivalents for configuring Fabric Watch thresholds are provided by the portThConfig, thConfig, and sysMonitor commands.
  • Page 397 fwConfigure TABLE 18 fwConfigure Fabric Watch classes and areas Class Area Port Link loss Sync loss Signal loss Protocol error Invalid words Invalid CRCS RX Performance TX Performance State Changes Fabric E_Port downs Fabric reconfigure Domain ID changes Segmentation changes Zone changes Fabric<->QL Fabric logins...
  • Page 398 fwConfigure TABLE 18 fwConfigure Fabric Watch classes and areas Class Area Security Telnet Violations HTTP Violations API Violations RSNMP Violations WSNMP Violations SES Violations MS Violations Serial Violations Front Panel Violations SCC Violations DCC Violations Login Violations Invalid Timestamps Invalid Signatures Invalid Certificates SLAP Failures SLAP Bad Packets...
  • Page 399 4 : Fabric class 5 : E-Port class 6 : F/FL Port (Optical) class 7 : Alpa performance Monitor class 8 : EE performance Monitor class 9 : Filter performance Monitor class 10 : Security class 11 : Resource class 12 : Quit Select a class =>...
  • Page 400 fwConfigure 3 : Power Supply 4 : return to previous page Select an area => : (1..4) [4] 1 Index ThresholdName Status CurVal LastEvent LastEventTime LastVal LastState =========================================================================== envTemp001 enabled 33 C started 10:28:59 on 02/01/2000 0 C Informative envTemp002 enabled 34 C started 10:28:59 on 02/01/2000 0 C Informative envTemp003...
  • Page 401: Fwfrucfg

    Power Supply Note that the value 0 for a parameter means that it is NOT used in the calculation Configurable Alarm States are: Absent-1, Inserted-2, On-4, Off-8, Faulty-16 Configurable Alarm Actions are: Errlog-1, E-mail-16 Slot Alarm State: (0..31) [0] 3 Slot Alarm Action: (0..17) [1]...
  • Page 402: Fwhelp

    fwHelp fwHelp Displays Fabric Watch command information. Synopsis fwhelp Description Use this command to display the commands that configure Fabric Watch. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability"...
  • Page 403: Fwmailcfg

    fwMailCfg fwMailCfg Displays and configures Fabric Watch email alerts. Synopsis fwmailcfg Description Use this command to display or modify the configuration and status of the Fabric Watch email alert on the switch. Switch elements monitored by Fabric Watch are divided into classes, and email alerts are based on the classes.
  • Page 404 fwMailCfg : Show Mail Configuration Information : Disable Email Alert : Enable Email Alert : Send Test Mail : Set Recipient Mail Address for Email Alert : Relay Host IP Configuration : Quit Select an item => : (1..7) [7]5 Mail Config Menu -------------------------------------- : Environment class...
  • Page 405: Fwportdetailshow

    fwPortDetailShow fwPortDetailShow Displays the port information for specified user ports. Synopsis fwportdetailshow [--p port] | [--s portState] Description Use this command to print the overall status of a specified port. The output of this command is different for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. The overall status is calculated based on the following contributors: Port Errors: Number of link loss occurrences exceeded limit for time period...
  • Page 406 Port Detail Report Report time: 09/11/2006 05:51:15 PM Switch Name: switch IP address: 1080::8:800:200C:417A Port Exception report [by All] --------Port-Errors------------ -----SFP-Errors---- Port# Type State Dur(H:M) LFA LSY LSI PER INW CRC PSC BLP STM SRX STX SCU SVO...
  • Page 407 fwPortDetailShow To retrieve a port detailed report: switch:user> fwportdetailshow Port Detail Report Report time: 05/21/2007 11:22:58 PM Switch Name: switch IP address: 192.168.163.237 Port Exception report [by Healthy] --------Port-Errors------------ -----SFP-Errors---- Port# Type State Dur(H:M) LFA LSY LSI PER INW CRC PSC BLP STM SRX STX SCU SVO ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- HEALTHY 409:09...
  • Page 408: Fwsamshow

    fwSamShow fwSamShow Generates switch availability monitor (SAM) report. Synopsis fwsamshow Description Use this command to display a switch availability monitor (SAM) report. This report displays uptime and downtime for each port and enables you to check if a particular port is failing more often than the others.
  • Page 409 fwSamShow See Also portShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 410: Fwset

    fwSet fwSet Sets port persistence time. Synopsis fwset --port --persistence seconds Description Use this command to set port persistence time, a parameters controlled by Fabric Watch. Port persistence time specifies the time in seconds during which a port must persistently be in a marginal state before being labeled as such.
  • Page 411: Fwsettocustom

    fwSetToCustom fwSetToCustom Sets Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to custom values. Synopsis fwsettocustom Description Use this command to set threshold and alarm levels to custom values for all Fabric Watch classes and areas. Fabric Watch uses two types of settings: factory default settings and user-defined custom settings. •...
  • Page 412 fwSetToCustom TimeBase: None Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Default: TimeBase: None Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Buffer: Custom: Value : 20 Default: Value : 10 Class: RESOURCE Area : FLASH ThLevel : Cust ActLevel: Def...
  • Page 413: Fwsettodefault

    fwSetToDefault fwSetToDefault Returns Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to default values. Synopsis fwsettodefault Description Use this command to return Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to defaults for all classes and areas in Fabric Watch. Fabric Watch uses two types of settings: factory default settings and user-defined custom settings. •...
  • Page 414 fwSetToDefault Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Default: TimeBase: None Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Buffer: Custom: Value : 20 Default: Value : 10 Class: RESOURCE Area : FLASH ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High Custom: TimeBase: None Value...
  • Page 415 Displays shell history. Synopsis history Description Use this command to view the shell history. The shell history mechanism is similar to the UNIX shell history facility. The h command displays the 20 most recent commands typed into the shell; the oldest commands are replaced as new ones are entered.
  • Page 416: Hadisable

    haDisable haDisable Disables the High Availability feature. Synopsis hadisable Description Use this command to disable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already disabled, this command does nothing. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 417: Hadump

    haDump haDump Displays High Availability status information. Synopsis hadump Description Use this command to display information about the status of the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. This command displays the following information: • Local CP state (slot number and CP ID) •...
  • Page 418 haDump SWITCH Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.227.64 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Fibre Channel IP Address: 220.220.220.64 Fibre Channel Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.227.66 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp0 Gateway IP Address: 10.32.224.1 Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.227.67 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp1 Gateway IP Address: 10.32.224.1 Slot 10 eth0: 10.32.227.69/20...
  • Page 419: Haenable

    haEnable haEnable Enables the High Availability feature. Synopsis haenable Description Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already enabled, this command has no effect. If the HA is disabled, this command enables it. The standby CP reboots as part of the process. The command displays a warning message and prompts for confirmation before rebooting the CP.
  • Page 420: Hafailover

    haFailover haFailover Forces the failover mechanism so that the standby control processor (CP) becomes the active CP. Synopsis hafailover Description Use this command to force the failover mechanism to occur so that the standby CP becomes the active CP. In case the active and standby CPs are not synchronized or the system is not in redundant mode, the command aborts.
  • Page 421: Hashow

    haShow haShow Displays control processor (CP) status. Synopsis hashow Description Use this command to display control processor status. The display includes: • Local CP state (slot number and CP ID), warm or cold, recovering or recovered. • Remote CP state (slot number and CP ID). •...
  • Page 422 haShow Operands none Examples To display CP status on a Brocade 48000, first on a healthy standby CP and then on a faulty standby CP: switch:admin> hashow Local CP (Slot 6, CP1): Active, Cold Recovered Remote CP (Slot 5, CP0): Non-Redundant switch:admin>...
  • Page 423: Hasyncstart

    haSyncStart haSyncStart Enables High Availability state synchronization. Synopsis hasyncstart Description Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) state synchronization. After issuing hasyncStop, the switch does not go back to sync start unless you reboot the active CP, or reboot the standby CP, or issue hasyncStart. The time it takes for the HA sync to complete depends on the system configuration.
  • Page 424: Hasyncstop

    haSyncStop haSyncStop Disables High Availability state synchronization. Synopsis hasyncstop Description Use this command to temporarily disable High Availability (HA) synchronization. After issuing hasyncStop, the switch does not go back to sync start unless you reboot the active CP, or reboot the standby CP, or issue hasyncStart. The time it takes for the HA sync to complete depends on the system configuration.
  • Page 425: Help

    help help Displays command help information. Synopsis help [command] help [-p | -page] help --help Description Use this command without an operand to display an alphabetical listing of commands for which help is available. When used without an operand, the command listing displays without page break.
  • Page 426 help auditdump Display audit log authutil Get and set authentication configuration bannerset Set security banner bannershow Display security banner bcastshow Display broadcast routing information bladedisable Disables all user ports on a blade. bladeenable Enables all User Ports on a blade. Type <CR>...
  • Page 427: Historylastshow

    historyLastShow historyLastShow Displays the latest entry in the field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. Synopsis historylastshow Description Use this command to display the latest entry of the history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards.
  • Page 428: Historymode

    historyMode historyMode Displays the mode of the field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. Synopsis historymode Description Use this command to display the mode of the history buffer, which records the insertion and removal of FRUs on a switch or chassis. This command supports two modes of handling new log entries once the history buffer has reached its maximum size: Rotating mode...
  • Page 429: Historyshow

    historyShow historyShow Displays the entire field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. Synopsis historyshow Description Use this command to display the entire history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards.
  • Page 430 historyShow Unit 1 Inserted at Tue Aug 14 11:03:45 2001 Factory Part Number: 40-0000031-03 Factory Serial Number: 1013456800 SW BLADE Slot 3 Removed at Tue Aug 14 12:10:09 2001 Factory Part Number: 60-0001532-03 Factory Serial Number: 1013456800 CP BLADE Slot 6 Removed at Tue Aug 14 13:45:07 2001 Factory Part Number: 60-0001604-02...
  • Page 431 Displays a process summary. Synopsis i [processID] Description Use this command to display information about a specified process or about all processes running on the local switch. One line is displayed per process. Fields displayed with this command include those shown in Table TABLE 20 Command field description...
  • Page 432 Operands This command has the following operand: processID Specifies the process name or process ID for the process to display. Examples To display information about process ID 433: switch:admin> i 433 PPID C PRI NI ADDR WCHAN TTY TIME 000 S 1283 5c64 ? 00:00:02 fabricd...
  • Page 433: Iclcfg

    Specifies the slot number of the ICL group to be enabled or disabled, followed by a slash (/). The slot on the DCX can be either 5 or 8. On the DCX-4S, valid slots are 3 and 6. icl_group Specifies the ICL port group to be disabled or enabled.
  • Page 434 To enable the ICL for ports 16-31 persistently: switch:user> iclcfg --persistentdnable 8/1 See also none Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 435: Ifmodeset

    ifModeSet ifModeSet Sets the link operating mode for a network interface. Synopsis ifmodeset [“interface”] Description Use this command to set the link operating mode for a network interface. An operating mode is confirmed with a y or yes at the prompt. If the operating mode selected differs from the current mode, the change is saved and the command exits.
  • Page 436 ifModeSet serial console port. Are you sure you really want to do this? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Proceed with caution. Auto-negotiate (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Advertise 100 Mbps / Full Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y Advertise 100 Mbps / Half Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y Advertise 10 Mbps / Full Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y Advertise 10 Mbps / Half Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [yes] y...
  • Page 437: Ifmodeshow

    ifModeShow ifModeShow Displays the link operating mode and MAC address for a network interface. Synopsis ifmodeshow interface Description Use this command to display the link operating mode and MAC address for a network interface. On the CP of a Brocade DCX or DCX-S4, this command supports eth0 and eth3 as interface parameters.
  • Page 438 ifModeShow To display the active interface: ras010:root> ifmodeshow bond0 Currently Active Slave: eth0 See Also ifModeSet Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 439: Interfaceshow

    interfaceShow interfaceShow Displays FSPF interface information. Synopsis interfaceshow [slot/][port] Description Use this command to display the two data structures associated with FSPF interfaces (E_Ports) on the switch: • The permanently allocated interface descriptor block (IDB). • The neighbor data structure. This data structure is allocated when a switch port becomes an E_Port.
  • Page 440 interfaceShow nghbId Domain ID of the neighbor (adjacent) switch. idbNo IDB number. Should be equal to port remPort Port number on the remote switch connected to this port. nflags Internal FSPF flags. initCount Number of times this neighbor was initialized without the interface going down.
  • Page 441 interfaceShow attLsuOut Number of attempted transmissions of LSUs to the neighbor switch. nLsuOut Number of LSUs transmitted to the neighbor switch. attLsaOut Number of attempted transmissions of LSAs to the neighbor switch. nLsaOut Number of LSAs transmitted to the neighbor switch. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 442 interfaceShow delay lastScn = 16 &dbRetransList = 0x1008c6a0 &lsrRetransList = 0x1008c6c4 &lsrAckList = 0x1008c6e8 inactTID = 0x1008c768 helloTID = 0x1008c7a0 dbRtxTID = 0x1008c7d8 lsrRtxTID = 0x1008c848 inactTo = 80000 helloTo = 2000 rXmitTo = 5000 nCmdAcc nInvCmd nHloIn nInvHlo nLsuIn nLsaIn attHloOut nHloOut...
  • Page 443: Interopmode

    interopMode interopMode Manages Brocade switch interoperability with McDATA switches. Synopsis interopmode --show interopmode --help interopmode --disable interopmode --enable [-mcdata | -IM2 | -im2] [-defaultzone | -safezone] [-domainoffset domain_offset ] interopmode --enable [-openmcdata | -IM3 | -im3] [-domainoffset domain_offset ] interopmode [mode [-z McDataDefaultZone | -s McDataSafeZone]] Description Use this command to enable or disable Brocade switch interoperability with McDATA Enterprise OS (M-EOS) switches within a Brocade fabric, to configure the domain ID offset, and to enable safe...
  • Page 444 interopMode Notes The interopMode command must be executed on all Brocade switches in the fabric. Certain restrictions apply when changing Fabric Modes. Refer to the Fabric OS Administrator’s Guide for more information. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 445 interopMode -s Safe Zone Specify 1 to enable the McDATA Safe Zone feature. Specify 0 to disable the McDATA Safe Zone feature. Examples To display the current interop mode and command usage: switch:admin> interopmode --show InteropMode: McDATA Fabric ( IM2 ) Default Zone: Off Safe Zone: Off Domain Id offset: 0x20...
  • Page 446 interopMode To try to switch from 239 Domain ID mode in IM3 to IM 2 (this command fails unless you change the domain offset as well to a value supported in IM2): switch:admin> interopmode --enable -mcdata The switch effective and defined configuration will be lost if interop Mode is changed.
  • Page 447: Ioddelayreset

    iodDelayReset iodDelayReset Resets the user-defined IOD delay settings to default values. Synopsis ioddelayreset domain_id Description Use this command to reset the user-defined IOD delay settings to default values (-1). This command resets IOD delay values for a specified domain ID that was previously configured with the iodDelaySet command.
  • Page 448: Ioddelayshow

    iodDelayShow iodDelayShow Displays the user-defined IOD delay settings for specified domains. Synopsis ioddelayshow [ domain_id ] Description Use this command to display the user-defined IOD delay settings for all domains in the fabric or for a specified domain ID. This command only displays delay values for domain IDs, for which the IOD delay parameter has been previously set with the iodDelaySet command.
  • Page 449: Iodreset

    iodReset iodReset Disables in-order delivery (IOD) on a switch. Synopsis iodreset Description Use this command to disable in-order delivery enforcement on the local switch. IOD is disabled by default, and can only be disabled after it has been enabled with the iodSet command. This command disables the legacy IOD enforcement only.
  • Page 450: Iodset

    iodSet iodSet Enables in-order delivery (IOD). Synopsis iodset iodset --help Description Use this command to enforce in-order delivery of frames during a fabric topology change. In a stable fabric, frames are always delivered in order, even when the traffic between switches is shared among multiple paths.
  • Page 451: Iodshow

    iodShow iodShow Displays the in-order delivery (IOD) setting. Synopsis iodshow Description Use this command to display the IOD setting on the switch. By default, IOD is disabled. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 452: Ipaddrset

    ipAddrSet ipAddrSet Sets the Ethernet and FC IP addresses. Synopsis ipaddrset [-ipv6 ] [--add x:x:x:x:x:x:x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-cp cp_number | -chassis ] [-ipv6 ] [--add x:x:x:x:x:x:x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-slot slot] [-eth0 | -eth1] [--add x.x.x.x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-slot slot] -gate [--add x.x.x.x | --delete] ipaddrset -ls FID --add IPv4_address/prefix ipaddrset -ls FID --delete ipaddrset -ipv6 [-auto | -noauto]...
  • Page 453 ipAddrSet • Use the -ls option with appropriate arguments to set or delete the IPv4 Fibre Channel address and prefix for the IPFC interface of a logical switch. In a Virtual Fabric environment, each logical fabric is represented by a separate IPFC network interface. Each of these network interfaces can be assigned a unique IPv4 FC address and prefix.
  • Page 454 To configure an IPv6 address and prefix on a single CP of a chassis: switch:admin> ipaddrset -cp 0 -ipv6 add 1080::8:800:200C:417A/64 To delete any existing IPv6 address and prefix on CP0 on an enterprise-class platform: switch:admin> ipaddrset cp 0 -ipv6...
  • Page 455 ipAddrSet switch:admin>ipaddrset -eth0 add 10.12.34.123/24 To configure an IPv4 FC address for the IPFC interface associated with a logical switch with fabric ID 123: switch:admin>ipaddrset -ls 123 --add 11.1.2.4/24 IP address is being changed...Done. To verify the IPv4 FC address for the logical switch: switch:admin>...
  • Page 456 ipAddrSet Ethernet Subnetmask [255.255.255.0]: Committing configuration...Done. To enable DHCP on a standalone, non-AP platform: switch:admin> ipaddrset Ethernet IP Address [192.168.74.102]: Ethernet Subnetmask [255.255.255.0]: Gateway IP Address [192.168.74.1]: DHCP [Off]: on See Also ipAddrShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 457: Ipaddrshow

    ipAddrShow ipAddrShow Displays IP address information for a switch or control processor (CP). Synopsis ipaddrshow ipaddrshow [-cp cp_number] | -chassis ipaddrshow -slot slot_numb [-eth0 | -eth1 | -gate] Description Use this command to display the IP addresses configured in the system. The -cp option displays the IP address for a specified CP on modular platforms, or use the command without arguments to display the IP address on a standalone switch, or the IP addresses for both CPs on a chassis.
  • Page 458 Ethernet IP Address: 192.168.163.238 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.255.0 Gateway IP Address: 192.168.163.1 DHCP: Off IPv6 Autoconfiguration Enabled: No Local IPv6 Addresses: static 1080::8:800:200c:417a/64 To display all IP addresses on a Brocade DCX backbone: switch:admin> ipaddrshow Chassis Ethernet IP Address: 10.33.60.85 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Ethernet IP Address: 10.33.60.86...
  • Page 459 ipAddrShow Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.5 Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.6 IPv6 Autoconfiguration Enabled: Yes Local IPv6 Addresses: chassis 0 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:e45a/64 preferred chassis 0 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:e45a/64 preferred cp 0 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe40:6230/64 preferred cp 0 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe40:6230/64 preferred cp 1 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:ff2a/64 preferred cp 1 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:ff2a/64 preferred IPv6 Gateways:...
  • Page 460: Ipfilter

    ipfilter ipfilter Manages the IP filter policies. Synopsis ipfilter --create policyname -type ipv4 | ipv6 ipfilter --clone policyname -from src_policyname ipfilter --show [policyname] ipfilter --save [policyname] ipfilter --activate policyname ipfilter --delete policyname ipfilter --addrule policyname -rule rule_number -sip source IP -dp dest port -proto protocol -act permit | deny ipfilter --delrule policyname -rule rule number ipfilter --transabort...
  • Page 461 ipfilter case. The policy type identifies the policy as an IPv4 or IPv6 filter. You can create a maximum of eight IP filter policies. --create policyname -type ipv4 | ipv6 Creates an IP filter policy with the specified name and type. The policy created is stored in a temporary buffer and is lost if the policy is not saved to the persistent configuration.
  • Page 462 ipfilter The following arguments are supported with the --addrule option: -sip Specifies the source IP address. For filters of type IPv4, the address must be a 32-bit address in dot notation, or a CIDR-style IPv4 prefix. For filters of type IPv6, the address must be a 12- bit IPv6 address in any format specified by RFC, or a CIDR-style IPv6 prefix.
  • Page 463 ipfilter Name: default_ipv6, Type: ipv6, State: active Rule Source IP Protocol Dest Port Action permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit 600 - 1023 permit 600 - 1023 permit Name: ex1, Type: ipv6, State: defined (modified) Rule Source IP Protocol Dest Port...
  • Page 464 ipfilter To create an IPv4-type IP filter policy: switch:admin> ipfilter --create ex2 -type ipv4 To add a rule to the created policy “ex2”: switch:admin> ipfilter --addrule ex2 -sip 10.32.69.99 -dp 23 -proto tcp -act permit To display the IP filter policies, including the new policy: switch:admin>...
  • Page 465: Ipsecconfig

    ipSecConfig ipSecConfig Configures Internet Protocol security (IPSec) policies for Ethernet management interfaces. Synopsis ipsecconfig --enable [default] --disable ipsecconfig --add | --modify type [subtype] [arguments] ipsecconfig --delete [type] arguments ipsecconfig --flush manual-sa ipsecconfig --show type [subtype] arguments ipsecconfig --help [command type subtype] Description Use this command to configure the Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) feature for traffic flows on switch Ethernet management interfaces, or to display the current configuration.
  • Page 466 ipSecConfig • Modify existing IPSec and IKE policies. • Delete existing policies and SAs from the configuration database. • Flush existing SAs from the kernel SA database (SADB). • Display policy parameters. Representation of IP addresses When configuring IPSec policies, IP addresses and ports must be specified in the following format: IP address IPv4 addresses are expressed in dotted decimal notation consisting of numeric characters (0-9) and periods (.), for example,...
  • Page 467 ipSecConfig type Specifies the policy to be created. Supported policies include: policy ips Creates or modifies an IPSec policy. This policy determines the security services afforded to a packet and the treatment of a packet in the network. An IPSec policy allows classifying IP packets into different traffic flows and specifies the actions or transformations performed on IP packets on each of the traffic flows.
  • Page 468 ipSecConfig -mode tunnel|transport Specifies the IPSec transform mode. In tunnel mode, the IP datagram is fully encapsulated by a new IP datagram using the IPSec protocol. In transport mode, only the payload of the IP datagram is handled by the IPSec protocol inserting the IPSec header between the IP header and the upper-layer protocol header.
  • Page 469 ipSecConfig -ltbyte number Specifies the SA proposal’s lifetime in bytes. The SA expiries after the specified number of bytes have been transmitted. This operand is optional. Defines the Security Association. An SA specifies the IPSec protocol (AH or ESP), the algorithms used for encryption and authentication, and the expiration definitions used in security associations of the traffic.
  • Page 470 ipSecConfig policy ike Creates or modifies an IKE policy configuration. No subtype is required with this command. The command defines the following IKE policy parameters: IKE version, IP address of the remote entity, IP address of the local entity, encryption algorithm, hash algorithm, PRF algorithm, DH group, authentication method, path and filename of the preshared key.
  • Page 471 ipSecConfig The following operands are optional (use secCertUtil import to import the key files to the local and remote systems): -psk file Specifies the preshared key filename. -pubkey file Specifies the public key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -privkey file Specifies the private key filename (in X.509 PEM format).
  • Page 472 ipSecConfig -ipsec ah|esp Specifies the IPSec protocol. Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) provides confidentiality, data integrity and data source authentication of IP packets, and protection against replay attacks. Authentication Header (AH) provides data integrity, data source authentication, and protection against replay attacks but, unlike ESP, does not provide confidentiality. -action discard|bypass|protect Specifies the IPSec protection type regarding the traffic flows.
  • Page 473 ipSecConfig Deletes a specified policy or all policies of a certain type from the --delete configuration database. You can delete IPSec policies, IKE policies, and SADB entries. When deleting IPSec policies, you have the option to delete specific components only, such as the transform or the selector, and recreate these components without having to recreate the entire policy.
  • Page 474 ipSecConfig selector Displays IPSec selector parameters including IPSec policy name, IP address of the local entity, IP address of the remote entity, direction of traffic flow (inbound or outbound), upper layer protocol used, and IPSec transform index. transform Displays IPSec transform parameters including IPSec policy name, key management protocol (version) or manual SA, processing option for selected IP traffic, IPSec mode (tunnel or transport), IP address of the local entity, IP address of the remote entity, and SA proposal.
  • Page 475 --add policy ips transform -t TRANSFORM01 -mode transport \ -sa-proposal IPSEC-AH -action protect -ike IKE01 8. Create traffic selectors to select the outbound and inbound traffic that needs to be protected. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips selector -t SELECTOR-OUT \ -d out -l 10.33.74.13 -r 10.33.69.132 -transform TRANSFORM01...
  • Page 476 -enc 3des_cbc -hash hmac_md5 -prf hmac_md5 -auth rsasig -dh modp1024 \ -pubkey "Brocade300.pem" -privkey "Brocade300-key.pem" -peerpubkey "remote-peer.pem" 8. Create an IPSec transform TRANSFORM01 to use transport mode to protect traffic identified for IPSec protection and use IKE01 as the key management policy.
  • Page 477 --add policy ips transform -t TRANSFORM01 -mode transport \ -sa-proposal IPSEC-AHESP -action protect -ike IKE01 8. Create traffic selectors to protect outbound and inbound traffic. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips selector -t SELECTOR-OUT \ -d out -l 10.33.74.13 -r 10.33.69.132 -transform TRANSFORM01 switch:admin>...
  • Page 478 ipSecConfig IPSec display commands To display the IPSec IKE Policy: switch:admin> ipsecconfig --show policy ike -a IKE-01 version:ikev2 remote:10.33.69.132 local-id:10.33.74.13 remote-id:10.33.69.132 encryption algorithm: 3des_cbc hash algorithm: hmac_md5 prf algorithm: hmac_md5 dh group: 2 1 auth method:rsasig public-key:"/etc/fabos/certs/sw0/thawkcert.pem" private-key:"/etc/fabos/certs/sw0/thawkkey.pem" peer-public-key:"/etc/fabos/certs/sw0/spiritcert.pem To display the outbound and inbound SAs in the kernel SA database: switch:admin>...
  • Page 479 ipSecConfig To display all IPSec transforms: switch:admin> ipsecconfig --show policy ips transform -a policy-A-B action:auto_ipsec mode:transport local:10.33.69.132 remote:10.33.74.13 sa-proposal:ipsec-esp-a-b ike-policy:remote-B To display all IPSec traffic selectors: switch:admin> ipsecconfig --show policy ips selector -a slt-A-B-any local:10.33.69.132 remote:10.33.74.13 direction:outbound upper-layer-protocol:any transform-used:policy-A-B slt-B-A-any local:10.33.74.13 remote:10.33.69.132 direction:inbound...
  • Page 480 ipSecConfig References [DISR] "DOD IPv6 Standards Profiles for IPv6 Capable Products", v2.0 (6/15/2007). [NIST] "A Profile for IPv6 in the U.S. Government", v1.0 (1/31/2007). [4301] Kent, S. and K. Seo, "Security Architecture for the Internet Protocol", RFC 4301 (Dec 2005). [4302] Kent, S., "IP Authentication Header", RFC4302 (Dec 2005).
  • Page 481: Iscsicfg

    iscsiCfg iscsiCfg Configures or displays iSCSI entities. Synopsis iscsicfg create auth -u username -s CHAP_secret [-h] iscsicfg --modify auth -u username -s CHAP_secret [-h] iscsicfg --delete auth -u username [-h] iscsicfg --clear auth [-h] iscsicfg --show auth [-u username] [-h] iscsicfg --easycreate tgt [-w port_wwn] [-h] iscsicfg --easycreate tgt -s iscsicfg --create tgt -t target_name [-h]...
  • Page 482 iscsiCfg iscsicfg --show transaction [-h] iscsicfg --clear all [-h] iscsicfg --commit all [-f] [-h] Description Use this command to configure all iSCSI entities (such as authentication (CHAP), discovery domains (DD), discovery domain sets (DDSet), iSCSI virtual targets (VT), and LUN maps). Common actions include --add, --delete, --modify, --show, --enable and --disable;...
  • Page 483 iscsiCfg --modify tgt -t target_name -a auth_method [-h] Associates the authentication method auth_method with the target. Valid values for auth_method are CHAP and none. If CHAP is specified, then either one-way or mutual CHAP is enforced, based on the login frame from the host. --addusername tgt -t target_name -u user_list [-h] Binds user names defined in AUTH database to the specific target.
  • Page 484 iscsiCfg --show dd [-d dd_name] [-h] Displays the DD database; dd_name is optional. ddset Discovery Domain Set parameters. Actions on ddset are: --create ddset -n ddset_name -d dd_list [-h] Creates a DD set entry with the specified ddset_name and dd_list. The DDs in dd_list must already exist.
  • Page 485 iscsiCfg --commit all [-f] [-h] Commits the iSCSI configuration database to nonvolatile memory. Any modifications made to the database are not saved until an explicit --commit all is issued. If multiple switches in the fabric have uncommitted changes, this operation is rejected. The -f option needs to be used in this case to force the commit operation, in which case uncommitted changes on other switches are erased.
  • Page 486 To add a LUN map: switch:admin> iscsicfg --add lun -t iqn.2005-10.com.brocade.tgt1 -w 22:00:00:04:cf:20:5d:33 -l 0:0 The operation completed successfully. switch:admin> iscsicfg --add lun -t iqn.2005-12.com.brocade.tgt2 -w 22:00:00:04:cf:75:5b:9a -l 2-5:5-8 The operation completed successfully. To display LUN maps: switch:admin> iscsicfg --show lun Number of records found: 2 Target: iqn.2005-10.com.brocade.tgt1...
  • Page 487 iscsiCfg To display the DD database: switch:admin> iscsicfg --show dd Number of records found: 1 Name: mynewdd Status: Defined Num. Members: iqn.2222-23.mytest1 iqn.2343-58.newtest1 iqn.2222-23.mytest3 To create a DD set entry: switch:admin> iscsicfg --create ddset -n myddset -d mynewdd The operation completed successfully. To add a new member to an existing DD set (the new DD, iscsidd3, must exist already) switch:admin>...
  • Page 488 iscsiCfg To display the iSCSI initiators that attempted to log in: switch:admin> iscsicfg --show initiator Number of records found: 1 Name IP Address iqn.1991-05.com.brocade:initiator1 172.16.14.101 switch:admin> iscsicfg --show initiator -i iqn.1991-05.com.brocade:initiator1 Initiator details are: Name IP Address iqn.1991-05.com.brocade:isi154116.englab.brocade.com 172.16.14.101 No. of targets currently accessible to the specified initiator are: 4 iqn.2222-12.com.brocade:tgt1 iqn.2222-12.com.brocade:tgt2 iqn.2002-12.com.brocade:50:06:0e:80:00:43:80:a2...
  • Page 489: Iscsichiptest

    -unit GigEports Specifies the GbE port to test. By default, all GbE ports in the specified slot are tested. Specify a value in the range of 0 - 7 or specify 8 for all ports. Examples To run iscsichiptest: switch:admin>...
  • Page 490: Iscsihelp

    iscsiHelp iscsiHelp Displays a list of iSCSI support commands. Synopsis iscsihelp Description Use this command to display a list of iSCSI support commands with descriptions. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 491: Iscsipathtest

    -unit number Specifies the GbE port to test. By default all the GbE ports in the specified slot are tested. . Specify an integer between 0 and 7 or 8 to specify all ports. -path mode Selects the loopback point for the test. By default, iscsiPathTest uses PHY and Central ASIC loopback.
  • Page 492: Iscsiportcfg

    iscsiPortCfg iscsiPortCfg Displays or modifies iSCSI port parameters. Synopsis iscsiportcfg --clearstats slot/geport iscsiportcfg --default slot/geport iscsiportcfg --show slot/geport [-v] iscsiportcfg --modify slot/geport options Description Use this command to display or modify the iSCSI port parameters. The default iSCSI port settings are as follows: TABLE 21 Default iSCSI port settings Setting...
  • Page 493 iscsiPortCfg Displays port-level protocol parameters, statistics, and session information --show on the specified port. Options include: Specifies verbose mode, which displays the initiator IP, TSID, and the number of connections in addition to the other port-level information. slot Specifies the slot number. This parameter only supports FC4-16IP blades in Brocade 48000 directors.
  • Page 494 iscsiPortCfg iSCSI Abort Task Set: iSCSI Clear ACA: iSCSI Clear Task Set: iSCSI LUN Reset: iSCSI Target Reset: iSCSI Task Reassign: Non FCP in PDU: Non FCP in Octet: 2576 Non FCP out PDU: Non FCP out Octet: 1352 Session details: Session Number: iSCSI Session Type: Normal...
  • Page 495: Iscsisessioncfg

    Normal 0x400001370000 1025 30.50.1.115 TCP Connection Details Index TCP Port Leading Connection Switch Port 2743 8/ge4 Security Details CHAP Username: none FC Details Number of FC targets: FC Target Information Index FC WWN 2f:df:00:06:2b:0d:10:b9 iSCSI Operating Login Parameters: Session Level...
  • Page 496 iscsiSessionCfg Max. Burst Length 256KB 256KB First Burst Length 512B 64KB Max outstanding R2T Default time to retain Default time to wait Error recovery level Initial R2T iSCSI Operating Login Parameters: Connection Level Connection Index: Parameter Name Self Value Peer Value Max.
  • Page 497: Iscsiswcfg

    iscsiSwCfg iscsiSwCfg Displays or configures the iSCSI switch level configuration. Synopsis iscsiswcfg enableconn -s slot number | all iscsiswcfg disableconn -s slot number | all iscsiswcfg showconn -s slot number | all iscsiswcfg modifygw -t target name iscsiswcfg showgw Description Use this command to display the iSCSI switch level configuration and to configure the iSCSI connection redirection and target name prefix.
  • Page 498: Islshow

    Examples When you issue islshow in a base fabric, the output displays as follows: switch:user> islshow 2->300 10:00:00:05:1e:43:00:00 100 DCX 8.000G bw: 32.000G TRUNK QOS 8-> 3 10:00:00:05:1e:41:8a:d5 30 B5300 4.000G bw: 16.000G TRUNK QOS 3: 19-> 10 10:00:00:05:1e:41:43:ac 50 B300 8.000G bw: 64.000G TRUNK...
  • Page 499: Isnsccfg

    isnscCfg isnscCfg Displays or modifies the configuration state of the iSNS client operation. Synopsis isnsccfg --set slot | geport -s server_ip isnsccfg --set -m -s server_ip isnsccfg --reregister isnsccfg --show isnsccfg --clear Description Use this command to display and update the configuration state of the iSNS client daemon. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 500 isnscCfg To register the iSNS objects: switch:admin> isnsccfg --reregister Initiated re-register of iSNS objects with iSNS server To clear the IP address of iSNS server: switch:admin> isnsccfg --clear Cleared iSNS server configuration. See Also none Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 501: Itemlist

    = num num = hex | int int = int digit | digit hex = 0x hex digit | hex hex digit digit = 0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9 hex digit = digit |A|B|C|D|E|F|a|b|c|d|e|f white = *["\t\f\r ,"] Description All kernel diagnostics have at least one item list parameter to specify which ports to test. The normal default value for this parameter is to select everything.
  • Page 502 itemList The exact type of list varies, depending on the test and the parameter; however, the most common are blade ports and user ports. A list of blade ports is most commonly used by ASIC-level tests such as turboRamTest and represents which ports on the current blade (specified with --slot number) are tested.
  • Page 503: Killtelnet

    killTelnet killTelnet Terminates an open Telnet session. Synopsis killtelnet Description Use this command to terminate an open Telnet session. The command lists all current Telnet and serial port login sessions and information such as session number, login name, idle time, IP address of the connection, and timestamp of when the login session was opened.
  • Page 504: Ldapcfg

    ldapCfg ldapCfg Maps LDAP AD server roles to default switch roles. ldapcfg --maprole ldaprole switchrole ldapcfg --unmaprole ldaprole ldapcfg --show ldapcfg --help Description Use this command to map a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Active Directory (AD) server role to one of the default roles available on a switch. This command also provides an option to remove an existing mapping.
  • Page 505 ldapCfg Displays a table of existing mappings between LDAP roles and their --show corresponding switch role. Displays the command usage. --help Examples To display current LDAP and switch role map: switch:admin> ldapcfg --show LDAP Role Switch Role ------------------------------------------------ ldapadmin admin ldapuser user SANfabadmin...
  • Page 506: Lfcfg

    lfCfg lfCfg Configures and displays logical fabrics. Synopsis lfcfg [--show | --showall] -cfg lfcfg [--show | --showall] -lisl [-v] lfcfg [--show -xisl [slot]port |--showall -xisl lfcfg --lislenable lfcfg --help Description Use this command to display logical fabric configuration information, to determine the status of logical interswitch links (LISLs), to enable LISLs between logical switches, and to display information about the XISLs and LISLs associated with each XISL.
  • Page 507 lfCfg Associated physical ports Physical ports associated with the LISL ports. When lfCfg is issued within a logical switch context, only the configuration regarding that switch and the fabrics reachable from that switch is displayed. When the command is issued in a chassis context the information for all chassis in the base fabric reachable from the current chassis is displayed.
  • Page 508 lfCfg Examples To display logical fabric information for FID 2 in all chassis reachable from the base fabric. switch:admin> lfcfg --show -cfg ------------------------------ Chassis: 1 ------------------------------ Chassis WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:82:64 Number of Partitions: 2 Base switch domain: 1 Logical switch: 2 Base switch: YES Fabric Id: 2 State: Online(1)
  • Page 509 lfCfg To display information about all LISLs in the chassis: switch:admin> lfcfg --showall -lisl Port# remote-domain Name State PT Online PT Online To display all XISLs and the LISLs associated with each XISL: switch:admin> lfcfg --showall -xisl XISL Port No. : 12/30 LISL Pt.
  • Page 510: Licenseadd

    licenseAdd licenseAdd Adds a license key to a switch. Synopsis licenseadd license Description Use this command to add a license key to a switch. Some features of the switch and the fabric to which it is connected are optional, licensed products. Without a valid license installed for such products, their services are not available.
  • Page 511: Licensehelp

    licenseHelp licenseHelp Displays commands used to administer license keys. Synopsis licensehelp Description Use this command to display a list of the commands used to administer license keys. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 512: Licenseidshow

    licenseIdShow licenseIdShow Displays the system license ID. Synopsis licenseidshow Description Use this command to display the license ID of the system. Some features of the switch and the fabric are optional, licensed products. Without a license installed for such products, the services provided by these features are not available. This command displays the system license ID used for generating and validating licenses on the system.
  • Page 513: Licenseport

    licensePort licensePort Manages Dynamic Ports On Demand (DPOD) licenses. Synopsis licenseport --release port licenseport --reserve port licenseport --show lcenseport --method dynamic | static Description Use this command to manage and display Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) license assignments. Dynamic Ports On Demand (DPOD) is an optional feature available on all embedded platforms. DPOD takes the expansion capability of static Ports On Demand (POD) and adds the flexibility of activating any available port as long as a valid license is available.
  • Page 514 11 ports are assigned to the first POD license Ports assigned to the base switch license: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 15, 19 Ports assigned to the first POD license: 0, 4, 9, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23...
  • Page 515: Licenseremove

    Capacity 6 Consumed 2 Configured Blade Slots 3,4 DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA: Advanced Extension (FTR_AE) license - Inactive. G4H3AZmW4gPTMHN9FfZJFGX4fSaTSY9TtaDCB43EBNHKYANSZA: 10 Gigabit Ethernet (FTR_10G) license - Inactive. SBZNQ344YCLK4QaYXJ9SfPDR9FrSaXAT4WHNGmADFRFrgAYWTC: 8 Gig FC license - Inactive. KSYFYAtAfPGHDRJfCYQrC4Q9T9CYYmXDBJgLB: Enhanced Group Management license XFJXYHmPtCWC93CLgBD9BZD9AmTFgDStFDJGMaLKC9FgWAfgSE: Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 516 8 Gig FC license Expiry Date 03/06/2009 License is expired Hf7MBEEGCFNmTAWXXF99RtHXQN4RRtM3mLGtrWZLAMaTaAY9EB: Storage Application Services license Expiry Date 03/07/2009 See Also licenseAdd, licenseHelp, licenseIdShow, licenseShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 517: Licenseshow

    licenseShow licenseShow Displays current license keys. Synopsis licenseshow Description Use this command to display current license keys, along with a list of licensed products enabled by these keys. Depending on the type of license, this command displays the following information: Permanent licenses License key Associated product...
  • Page 518 licenseShow To display the license keys on a switch with temporary (expired) licenses installed: switch:admin> licenseShow 7QmYFYJrmDgE9tTS4AYXB9trYSGtMtrQZSTK4ZSC7FC9ZAYAgE: Integrated Routing license Expiry Date 01/16/2008 License is expired 33YBfZfKZ3tQKrRJJRtgmS3JDtCL99P4fYrJYQP7GffS4ASmNE: Enterprise Bundle license Expiry Date 01/16/2008 License is expired To display the license keys on a switch with universal time-based and slot-based licenses installed (the first two examples show time-based, the third one shows a slot-based license): switch:admin>...
  • Page 519: Licenseslotcfg

    Specifies the slot number for the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade. This number corresponds to the physical blade slot number on the chassis (1-4, 9-12 on the Brocade DCX; 1-2, 7-8 on the Brocade DCX-4S). Adds a slot-based license to the specified slot.
  • Page 520 [DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA] To display the installed license (new license in bold): switch:admin> licenseshow SSezcSec9RXTf0dj: Performance Monitor license KgrfCBHgRtfBrGKH4D7f9S3FBX7K3MtTtBHKrYHA4CMB: 10 Gigabit Ethernet (FTR_10G) license Capacity 8 Consumed 4 Configured Blade Slots 1,3,5,12 A7N9rATZLYgFa7JBfmGEJKETgCMHFGQMY4gfLmGAa4GA: Advanced FICON Acceleration (FTR_AFA) license Capacity 6 Consumed 2...
  • Page 521 DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA: Advanced Extension (FTR_AE) license Capacity 8 Consumed 0 G4H3AZmW4gPTMHN9FfZJFGX4fSaTSY9TtaDCB43EBNHKYANSZA: 10 Gigabit Ethernet (FTR_10G) license - Inactive. SBZNQ344YCLK4QaYXJ9SfPDR9FrSaXAT4WHNGmADFRFrgAYWTC: 8 Gig FC license - Inactive. KSYFYAtAfPGHDRJfCYQrC4Q9T9CYYmXDBJgLB: Enhanced Group Management license XFJXYHmPtCWC93CLgBD9BZD9AmTFgDStFDJGMaLKC9FgWAfgSE: 8 Gig FC license Expiry Date 03/06/2009 License is expired...
  • Page 522 Configured Blade Slots 3,4 DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA: Advanced Extension (FTR_AE) license - Inactive G4H3AZmW4gPTMHN9FfZJFGX4fSaTSY9TtaDCB43EBNHKYANSZA: 10 Gigabit Ethernet (FTR_10G) license - Inactive. SBZNQ344YCLK4QaYXJ9SfPDR9FrSaXAT4WHNGmADFRFrgAYWTC: 8 Gig FC license - Inactive. KSYFYAtAfPGHDRJfCYQrC4Q9T9CYYmXDBJgLB: Enhanced Group Management license XFJXYHmPtCWC93CLgBD9BZD9AmTFgDStFDJGMaLKC9FgWAfgSE: 8 Gig FC license Expiry Date 03/06/2009 License is expired...
  • Page 523: Linkcost

    2-Gbps ISL > 2 Gbps trunks 4 Gbps ISL 8 Gbps ISL 10 Gbps ISL When executed without operands, the command displays the current cost of each port on the switch, including non-ISLs. An E_PORT suffix is appended to the interface number of active ISLs. If a static cost is assigned to a port, a STATIC suffix is appended to the link cost.
  • Page 524 linkCost cost Specifies the static cost of the link connected to the specified port. Valid values are 0 to 65,535. Assigning a value outside this range will fail and generate an error. A value of 0 removes the static cost and the port reverts to its default link cost.
  • Page 525: Login

    login login Logs in as new user. Synopsis login Description Use this command to log in to the switch with another user name and password, without first logging out from the original session. If you originally connected through a Telnet or rlogin session, that session is left open.
  • Page 526: Logout

    logout logout Logs out from a shell session. Synopsis logout Description Use this command to log out from a shell session. Remote login connections are closed and the local serial connections return to the login prompt. The exit command is accepted as a synonym for logout, as is Ctrl-D at the beginning of a line. Operands none Examples...
  • Page 527: Lsanzoneshow

    lsanZoneShow lsanZoneShow Displays logical SAN zone information. Synopsis lsanzoneshow [-s] [-f fabricid] [-w wwn] [-z zonename] Description Use this command to display the inter-fabric zones or LSAN zones. These zones are normal WWN zones created in FC Router EX_Port-connected fabrics and backbone fabrics. The LSAN zones are identified by the text string “lsan_”...
  • Page 528 lsanZoneShow Examples To display the LSAN zones: switch:admin> lsanzoneshow Fabric ID: 4 Zone Name: lsan_fcr10_0 50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83 50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68 21:00:00:20:37:18:22:55 Fabric ID: 5 Zone Name: lsan_fcr11_0 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:6a:68 21:00:00:20:37:18:22:55 50:05:07:65:05:84:0b:83 50:05:07:65:05:84:09:0e switch# See Also fcrFabricShow, fcrPhyDevShow, fcrProxyDevShow, fcrRouteShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 529: Lscfg

    lsCfg lsCfg Configures and manages a logical switch Synopsis lscfg --create FID [-b | -base] [-f | -force] lscfg --delete FID lscfg --config FID -slot slot1[-slot2] [-port [ port1[-port2]] [-f |-force] lscfg restore_to_default FID lscfg restore_slot_to_default slot lscfg --change FID [[-newfid FID] | [-base]] [-force] lscfg --show [-ge] [-provision] lscfg --help Description...
  • Page 530 Specifies the ports to be assigned to the logical switch. Provide a valid port, or a range of ports separated by a dash, for example -port 3-8. This operand is optional; if omitted, all ports on the specified slots are assigned.
  • Page 531 lsCfg -f | -force Executes the command without confirmation. This operand is optional. Displays the partition configuration on a switch or chassis. Without any --show operands, the command displays all logical switches and the FC ports assigned to them. For each switch, the FID and switch role are displayed: base switch (BS) or default switch (DS).
  • Page 532 lsCfg To assign ports to a logical switch: switch:admin> lscfg --config 2 -port 10-12 This operation requires that the affected ports be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Making this configuration change. Please wait... Configuration change successful. Please enable your ports/switch when you are ready to continue. To assign ports to a logical switch without confirmation: switch:admin>...
  • Page 533 lsCfg To display the partition configuration for all slots with the -ge option: switch:admin> lscfg --show -provision -ge Created switches: 128(ds) 2(bs) Slot ------------------------------------------------------- Port | 128 | | 128 | 128 | | 128 | | 128 | 128 | | 128 | | 128 | 128 | | 128 |...
  • Page 534 lsCfg To make logical switch FID 1 the base switch with confirmation: switch:admin> lscfg --change 1 -base Creation of a base switch requires that the proposed new base switch on this system be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Disabling the proposed new base switch...
  • Page 535: Lsdbshow

    lsDbShow lsDbShow Displays the Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) link state database. Synopsis lsdbshow [domain] Description Use this command to display an FSPF link state database record for switches in the fabric or for a specified domain. There are two types of database entries: •...
  • Page 536 lsDbShow TABLE 24 lsDbShow display fields (Continued) Field Description advertiser Domain ID of the switch that originated this LSR. incarn Incarnation number of this LSR. length Total length, in bytes, of this LSR. Includes header and link state information for all links. chksum Checksum of total LSR, with exception of lsAge field.
  • Page 537 lsDbShow mOutIfsP[4] = 0x00000000 mOutIfsP[5] = 0x00000000 mOutIfsP[6] = 0x00000000 parent = 0xf0 mPathCost mHopsFromRoot Link State Record: Link State Record pointer = 0x109784b0 lsAge = 321 reserved type options = 0x0 lsId advertiser incarn = 0x80000185 length = 60 chksum = 0x168a linkCnt = 2,...
  • Page 538: Memshow

    memShow memShow Displays the amounts of free and used memory in a switch. Synopsis memshow [-b | -k | -m] Description Use this command to display free and used memory in the switch, as well as the shared memory and buffers used by the kernel. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 539: Mscapabilityshow

    Bit 4: Fabric Zone Service Supported. Bit 5: Fabric Lock Service Supported. Bit 6: Time Service Supported. Bit 7: RSCN Small Payload Supported. Bit 8: Reliable Commit Service(RCS) Supported. Bit 9: Access Gateway Registration/Discovery Supported. Bit 10: Administrative Domains(AD) Supported. Others: Reserved.
  • Page 540: Msconfigure

    msConfigure msConfigure Configures the Management Server (MS) access control list (ACL). Synopsis msconfigure Description Use this command to configure the MS Access Control List (ACL). The MS allows a Storage Area Network (SAN) management application to retrieve and administer the fabric and Interconnect Elements, such as switches.
  • Page 541 msConfigure Done Display the access list Add member based on its Port/Node WWN Delete member based on its Port/Node WWN select : (0..3) [1] 0 done ... See Also msCapabilityShow, msPlatShow, msPlClearDB, msPlMgmtActivate, msPlMgmtDeactivate, msTdDisable, msTdEnable, msTdReadConfig, secPolicyShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 542: Msplatshow

    msPlatShow msPlatShow Displays the Management Server (MS) platform database. Synopsis msplatshow Description Use this command to display information from the MS platform database. This command displays the name of each platform object with the platform type (GATEWAY, HOST_BUS_ADAPTER, and so forth), associated management addresses, and associated node names.
  • Page 543: Msplatshowdbcb

    msPlatShowDBCB msPlatShowDBCB Displays the Management Server (MS) platform service database control block. Synopsis msplatshowdbcb Description Use this command to display the control block fields associated with the platform database. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 544: Msplcleardb

    msPlClearDB msPlClearDB Clears the Management Server (MS) platform database on all switches in the fabric. Synopsis msplcleardb Description Use this command to clear the MS platform database in the entire fabric. Because this operation cannot be undone, it should not be performed unless it is intended to resolve a database conflict between two joining fabrics or to establish an entirely new fabric with an empty database.
  • Page 545: Msplmgmtactivate

    msPlMgmtActivate msPlMgmtActivate Activates the Management Server (MS) platform service. Synopsis msplmgmtactivate Description Use this command to activate the MS platform service throughout the fabric. This command attempts to activate the MS platform service for each switch in the fabric. The change takes effect immediately and is committed to the configuration database of each affected switch.
  • Page 546: Msplmgmtdeactivate

    msPlMgmtDeactivate msPlMgmtDeactivate Deactivates the Management Server (MS) platform service. Synopsis msplmgmtdeactivate Description Use this command to deactivate the MS platform service throughout the fabric. This command deactivates the MS platform service for each switch in the fabric and commits the change to nonvolatile storage.
  • Page 547: Mstddisable

    msTdDisable msTdDisable Disables the Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. Synopsis mstddisable ["ALL"] Description Use this command to disable the management server topology discovery service on a local switch or an entire fabric. This change takes effect immediately and commits to the configuration database for all affected switches.
  • Page 548: Mstdenable

    msTdEnable msTdEnable Enables the Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. Synopsis mstdenable ["ALL"] Description Use this command to enable the MS topology discovery service on the local switch or throughout the fabric. The change takes effect immediately and commits to the configuration database for all affected switches.
  • Page 549: Mstdreadconfig

    msTdReadConfig msTdReadConfig Displays the status of The Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. Synopsis mstdreadconfig Description Use this command to check whether or not the management server topology discovery service is enabled. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 550: Myid

    myId myId Displays the current login session details. Synopsis myid Description Use this command to display the status of the system and the login session details. This includes IPv4 or IPv6 addresses associated with the login session. The login session gives details of the following: •...
  • Page 551: Nbrstateshow

    nbrStateShow nbrStateShow Displays the state of FSPF neighbors. Synopsis nbrstateshow [slot/][port] Description Use this command to display information about fabric shortest path first (FSPF) neighbors to the local switch or information about a neighbor to a specified port. FSPF defines a neighbor as a remote E_Port interface that is directly attached to the local switch.
  • Page 552 nbrStateShow Examples To display information about a neighbor directly connected to the local switch: switch:user> nbrstateshow 2/0 Local Domain ID: 1 Local Port Domain Remote Port State ------------------------------------------------------- NB_ST_FULL See Also interfaceShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 553: Nbrstatsclear

    nbrStatsClear nbrStatsClear Resets FSPF interface counters. Synopsis nbrstatsclear [slot/][port] Description Use this command to reset the counters of fabric shortest path first (FSPF) frames transmitted and received on all interswitch links (ISLs) or on a specified ISL Use this command without operands to reset counters on all interfaces.
  • Page 554 nbrStatsClear To reset the counters on a port: switch:admin> nbrstatsclear 1/0 To verify the changes: switch:admin> interfaceshow 1/0 idbP = 0x10050a38 Interface 0 data structure: nghbP = 0x1004ce68 ifNo masterPort = 0 (self) defaultCost = 500 cost = 500 (output truncated) See Also interfaceShow, portShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference...
  • Page 555: Nodefind

    nodeFind nodeFind Displays all device Name Server (NS) entries matching a given WWN, device PID, or alias. Synopsis nodefind WWN | PID | ALIAS Description Use this command to display the NS information for all devices in the fabric that have either a port world wide name (WWN) or a node WWN matching the given WWN;...
  • Page 556 nodeFind Device Shared in Other AD: No Aliases: a320 0314d4; 3;22:00:00:04:cf:9f:26:7e;20:00:00:04:cf:9f:26:7e; 0 FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST336605FC 0003] Fabric Port Name: 20:14:00:60:69:80:04:79 Permanent Port Name: 22:00:00:04:cf:9f:26:7e Device type: Physical Target Port Index: 20 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Aliases: a320 To display all the device information matching the WWN "20:00:00:e0:8b:01:ce:d3": switch:user>...
  • Page 557: Nsaliasshow

    nsAliasShow nsAliasShow Displays local Name Server (NS) information, with aliases. Synopsis nsaliasshow [-r ][-t] Description Use this command to display local name server information with the added feature of displaying the defined configuration aliases to which the device belongs. If there are no defined configuration aliases for that device, no alias is displayed.
  • Page 558 nsAliasShow Examples To display local NS information with aliases: switch:user> nsaliasshow Type Pid PortName NodeName TTL(sec) 010600; 3;20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71;10:00:00:05:1e:38:81:71; na Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Permanent Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71 Port Index: 6 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: MyAlias1 MyAlias2 010601;...
  • Page 559 nsAliasShow Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: 010602; 3;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01; 3 FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [41] "Brocade Ioblaster Initiator#00,pid#10602." Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Permanent Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71 Port Index: 6 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: DeviceAlias The Local Name Server has 3 entries } To display local NS information with aliases with the -r and -t options:...
  • Page 560: Nsallshow

    FC4 type”, where x is the number of ports and type is the user-specified FC-4 type code in hexadecimal format. Examples To display all devices in the fabric, followed by all type 8 (SCSI-FCP) devices, and all type 5 (SCSI-FCIP) devices: switch:admin> nsAllShow...
  • Page 561: Nscamshow

    nsCamShow nsCamShow Displays information about remote devices in the Name Server (NS) cache. Synopsis nscamshow [-t] Description Use this command to display the local NS cache information about the devices discovered in the fabric by the NS cache manager. If the NS cache manager does not discover new switches or new devices in the fabric, the command displays the message “No Entry is found!”...
  • Page 562 Switch entry for 92 state owner cap_available known v640 0xfffc23 1 Device list: count 8 Type Pid PortName NodeName 5c1000; 3;23:06:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:06; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [45] "Brocade VDPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#00,Entity#03." Fabric Port Name: 20:10:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a Permanent Port Name: 23:06:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a...
  • Page 563 To display the output with the -t option: switch:user> nscamshow -t Switch entry for 92 state owner cap_available known v640 0xfffc23 1 Device list: count 8 Type Pid PortName NodeName 5c1000; 3;23:06:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:06; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [45] "Brocade VDPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#00,Entity#03." Fabric Port Name: 20:10:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a...
  • Page 564 nsCamShow Redirect: No Partial: No 5c1200; 3;23:04:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:04; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [45] "Brocade VDPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#00,Entity#02." Fabric Port Name: 20:12:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a Permanent Port Name: 23:04:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a Device type: Virtual Unknown(initiator/target) Port Index: 18 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No (output truncated) See Also...
  • Page 565: Nsshow

    nsShow nsShow Displays local Name Server (NS) information. Synopsis nsshow [-r][-t] Description Use this command to display local NS information about devices connected to a switch. If no information is available for the switch, the command displays the message: “There is no entry in the Local Name Server.”...
  • Page 566 nsShow The following information is displayed only if the device has registered the information (for example, the switch automatically registers SCSI inquiry data for FCP target devices): • FC4s supported • IP address • Port and node symbolic names • Fabric Port Name.
  • Page 567 nsShow Examples To display local NS information: switch:user> nsshow Type Pid PortName NodeName TTL(sec) 010100; 3;21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10;20:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10; na FC4s: FCP NodeSymb: [41] "QLA2340 FW:v3.03.06 DVR:v9.0.0.2 (w32 IP)" Fabric Port Name: 20:01:00:05:1e:34:00:70 Permanent Port Name: 21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10 Port Index: 1 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No...
  • Page 568 nsShow o display local name server information with -r and -t options. switch:user> nsshow -r -t Type Pid PortName NodeName 010100; 3;21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10;20:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10; 1 FC4s: FCP NodeSymb: [41] "QLA2340 FW:v3.03.06 DVR:v9.0.0.2 (w32 IP)" Fabric Port Name: 20:01:00:05:1e:34:00:70 Permanent Port Name: 21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10 Device type: Physical Initiator Port Index: 1 Share Area: No...
  • Page 569: Nszonemember

    nsZoneMember nsZoneMember Displays the information on online devices zoned with a specified device. Synopsis nszonemember pid | wwn nszonemember -a | -u Description Use this command to display information on all online devices zoned with the specified device. The device can be specified by WWN or Port ID (PID). Use this command with the -u option to display all unzoned devices in the entire fabric.
  • Page 570 nsZoneMember Displays all unzoned devices in the entire fabric. The device data includes the device PID and zone alias. Examples To display information about all the online devices zoned with the given device: switch:admin> nszonemember 0x0416e2 3 local zoned members: Type Pid PortName NodeName...
  • Page 571 nsZoneMember Port: 13 Pid: 0xb00d00 Aliases: ix360_131_196p5 Zoned Members: 2 devices Pid: 0xb00d00 Aliases: ix360_131_196p5 Pid: 0xe07d00 Aliases: hds9200_6p4 hds9200_6p4 Port: 14 Pid: 0xb00e00 Aliases: dl360_130251a dl360_130251a Zoned Members: 2 devices Pid: 0xb00e00 Aliases: dl360_130251a dl360_130251a Pid: 0xba1ae4 Aliases: trimm100a_2 To display all the unzoned devices in the fabric: switch:admin>...
  • Page 572: Passwd

    passwd passwd Changes the password for a specified user. Synopsis passwd [user_account] [-old old_password] [-new new_password] Description Use this command to change a user account password. Passwords can be changed locally on any switch. For the password database to be distributed to other switches in the fabric, the switches must be configured to accept the password database with the fddCfg command.
  • Page 573 passwd • Changing the password of any user level causes the login session of that account (if logged in) to terminate. Operands When this command is invoked without an operand, the password is changed for the current user account. The following operand is optional: user_account Specifies the user account for which the password is to be changed.
  • Page 574 passwd You have not specified a valid recognized user name on the system. Permission denied You do not have permission to change the password for the specified user. Incorrect password You have not entered the correct password when prompted for the old password. Password unchanged You have entered the carriage return special input case, choosing not to change the password.
  • Page 575: Passwdcfg

    passwdCfg passwdCfg Manages the password policies. Synopsis passwdcfg --set options value passwdcfg --disableadminlockout passwdcfg --enableadminlockout passwdcfg --setdefault passwdcfg --showall passwdcfg --help Description Use this command to manage password policies. Use --set to configure the following password policies: • Password strength policy •...
  • Page 576 -minlength value Specifies the minimum length of the password. The minimum can be set anywhere between 8 and 40 characters. The default value is 8. The total of -lowercase, -uppercase, -digits, -punctuation must be less than or equal to -minlength value.
  • Page 577 passwdCfg -minpasswordage value Specifies the minimum number of days that must elapse before a password can be changed. -minpasswordage can be set at 0 to 999. The default value is 0. Setting this parameter to a nonzero value discourages a user from rapidly changing a password in order to defeat the password history setting to reuse a recently used password.
  • Page 578 The passwdCfg command may fail for any of the following reasons: Permission failure You not permitted to execute the command. Invalid command line option An unrecognized command line option was specified. minlength value out of range The -minlength value must be between 8 and 40. Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 579 passwdCfg lowercase value out of range The -lowercase value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value. uppercase value out of range The -uppercase value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value.
  • Page 580: Pathinfo

    pathInfo pathInfo Displays routing information and statistics along a path covering multiple switches. Synopsis pathinfo pathinfo -f FID destination_switch [destination_port] [-r] [-t] pathinfo destination_switch [source_port[destination_port]] [-r] [-t] Description Use this command to display routing information from a source port on the local switch to a destination port on another switch.
  • Page 581 If the bandwidth is zero, it is displayed as 1 Gbps. For logical interswitch links (LISL) ports, the bandwidth displays as 8 Gbps, the maximum bandwidth on hardware platforms on which LISLs can be formed. In cases where the LISL bandwidth is zero, pathInfo displays a bandwidth of 4 Gbps.
  • Page 582 pathInfo Frames The total number of frames. Errors The total number of errors that may have caused a frame not to be received correctly. This includes cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors, bad end-of-frame (EOF) errors, frame truncated errors, frame-too-short errors, and encoding errors inside a frame.
  • Page 583 Out Port Cost --------------------------------------------------------- 9 (web226) 1000 10 (web229) 1000 8 (web228) 1000 91 (web225) To display basic path information in traceroute format: switch:admin> pathinfo 91 -t traceroute to domain 91(web225) , 25 hops Domain ID (Name) time taken for the hop...
  • Page 584 To display basic and extended statistics in interactive mode: switch:admin> pathinfo Max hops: (1..127) [25] Fabric Id: (1..128) [-1] Domain|Wwn|Name: [] 8 Source port: (0..15) [-1] Destination port: (0..255) [-1] Basic stats (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Extended stats (yes, y, no, n): [no] y...
  • Page 585 Txcrdz (1s) Txcrdz (64s) F/s (1s) F/s (64s) Words 240434036 2294316 2119951 2121767 Frames 20025929 54999 162338 56710 Errors In Port Domain ID (Name) Out Port Cost --------------------------------------------------------- 8 (web228) (output truncated) See Also portStatsShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 586: Pdshow

    pdShow pdShow Displays data from a panic dump file. Synopsis pdshow [panic_dump_file] Description Use this command to display data from a panic dump file. The panic dump file contains information that might be useful to determine the cause of the system panic. When executed without any arguments, this command displays output from the latest panic dump file available on the switch.
  • Page 587: Perfaddeemonitor

    perfAddEEMonitor perfAddEEMonitor Adds an end-to-end monitor to a port. Synopsis perfaddeemonitor [slot/]port SourceID DestID Description Use this command to add an end-to-end performance monitor to a port. The performance monitor counts the number of words received, number of words transmitted, and number of CRC errors detected using either of the following two conditions: 1.
  • Page 588 perfAddEEMonitor SourceID Specifies the 3-byte SID (Source ID) of the originator device. It should be in "0xDDAAPP" format, where DD is domain ID, AA is area ID and PP is AL_PA ID. For example, 0x050200 has a domain ID of 5, an area ID of 2, and an AL_PA ID of 0.
  • Page 589 perfAddEEMonitor 2. Get name server information. Name server info shows four devices (two of which are virtual) connected to the Encryption Switch along with their PIDs: EncryptionSwitch:SecurityAdmin>nsshow Type Pid PortName NodeName TTL(sec) 0a0100; 3;2f:ff:00:06:2b:0e:b3:3c;2f:ff:00:06:2b:0e:b3:3c; na FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [18] "SANBlaze V3.0 Port" Fabric Port Name: 20:01:00:05:1e:53:b8:45 Permanent Port Name: 2f:ff:00:06:2b:0e:b3:3c Port Index: 1...
  • Page 590 perfAddEEMonitor 4. Add another EE monitor on port 1 between the Virtual Target SID and the Target DID: EncryptionSwitch:SecurityAdmin> perfaddeemonitor 1 0x0a2001 0x01a000 End-to-End monitor number 1 added. 5. Display the EE monitors on the Encryption Switch: EncryptionSwitch:SecurityAdmin> perfmonitorshow --class EE 1 There are 2 end-to-end monitor(s) defined on port OWNER_APP TX_COUNT...
  • Page 591: Perfaddipmonitor

    perfAddIPMonitor perfAddIPMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for IP frame count. Synopsis perfaddipmonitor [slot/]port [alias] Description Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that will count the number of IP traffic frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor. Use the perfMonitorShow command for a listing of valid keys and user-defined aliases.
  • Page 592 perfAddIPMonitor Examples To add an IP monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddipmonitor 1/4 IP_MONITOR IP traffic frame monitor #0 added See Also perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 593: Perfaddreadmonitor

    perfAddReadMonitor perfAddReadMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for the SCSI Read command. Synopsis perfaddreadmonitor [slot/]port [alias] Description Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that counts the number of SCSI FCP Read commands in Fibre Channel frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor.
  • Page 594 perfAddReadMonitor Examples To add an SCSI read monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddreadmonitor 2/4 SCSI_R SCSI Read filter monitor #2 added See Also perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 595: Perfaddrwmonitor

    perfAddRWMonitor perfAddRWMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for the SCSI read and write commands. Synopsis perfaddrwmonitor [slot/]port [alias] Description Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that counts the number of SCSI FCP Read and Write commands in Fibre Channel frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor.
  • Page 596 perfAddRWMonitor Examples To add an SCSI read and write monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddrwmonitor 2/4 SCSI_RW SCSI Read/Write filter monitor #4 added See Also perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 597: Perfaddscsimonitor

    perfAddSCSIMonitor perfAddSCSIMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for SCSI frame count. Synopsis perfaddscsimonitor [slot/]port [alias] Description Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that counts the number of SCSI traffic frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor. Use the perfMonitorShow command for a listing of valid keys and user-defined aliases.
  • Page 598 perfAddSCSIMonitor Examples To add a SCSI traffic frame monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddscsimonitor 2/4 “SCSI FR” SCSI traffic frame monitor #0 added See Also perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor, perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 599: Perfaddusermonitor

    perfAddUserMonitor perfAddUserMonitor Adds a user-defined filter-based performance monitor. Synopsis perfaddusermonitor [slot/]port "grouplist" [alias] Description Use this command to define a custom filter for frame offsets and values. For every offset, each group of comparison values is evaluated using the Boolean OR operator to determine a match.
  • Page 600 perfAddUserMonitor "grouplist" Specifies up to six sets of offset, mask, and ValueList, separated by semicolons (;). The entire grouplist operand must be enclosed in quotation marks. For example: "4, 0xff, 0x22; 12, 0xff, 0x01" The grouplist component values are as follows: Offset Specifies the offset within the frame.
  • Page 601: Perfaddwritemonitor

    perfAddWriteMonitor perfAddWriteMonitor Adds a filter-based performance monitor for the SCSI write command. Synopsis perfaddwritemonitor [slot/]port [alias] Description Use this command to create a filter-based monitor that counts the number of SCSI FCP write commands in Fibre Channel frames. Only frames transmitted are counted. Execution of this command displays a numeric key that uniquely identifies the monitor.
  • Page 602 perfAddWriteMonitor Examples To add an SCSI Write command monitor to a port: switch:admin> perfaddwritemonitor 2/4 SCSI_W SCSI Write filter monitor #0 added See Also perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddReadMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor, perfAddSCSIMonitor, perfAddUserMonitor Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 603: Perfcfgclear

    perfCfgClear perfCfgClear Clears the previously saved performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. Synopsis perfcfgclear Description Use this command to clear the previously saved end-to-end and filter configuration settings of performance monitoring from nonvolatile memory. Notes This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, M (Mirror) ports and GbE ports.
  • Page 604: Perfcfgrestore

    perfCfgRestore perfCfgRestore Restores performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. Synopsis perfcfgrestore Description Use this command to restore the performance monitoring configuration information from nonvolatile memory. This does not restore the information cleared by the perfCfgClear command; rather, it restores the configuration from nonvolatile memory. The perfCfgRestore command overwrites any configuration changes that were not saved.
  • Page 605: Perfcfgsave

    perfCfgSave perfCfgSave Saves performance monitoring configuration settings to nonvolatile memory. Synopsis perfcfgsave Description Use this command to save the current Performance Monitor configuration for end-to-end (EE) and filter configuration settings of performance monitoring into nonvolatile memory. Configurations are saved persistently across power cycles. The number of monitors that can be saved to flash memory is limited as follows: •...
  • Page 606: Perfclearalpacrc

    perfClearAlpaCrc perfClearAlpaCrc Clears the CRC error count associated with a port and arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA). Synopsis perfclearalpacrc [slot/]port [ALPA] Description Use this command to clear a specific cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error counter associated with a specific port and AL_PA, or all such counters on a port. Notes This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license.
  • Page 607: Perfdeleemonitor

    perfDelEEMonitor perfDelEEMonitor Deletes one or all end-to-end performance monitors from a port. Synopsis perfdeleemonitor [slot/]port [monitorId] Description Use this command to delete an end-to-end performance monitor from a port, or all such monitors associated with a port. Notes This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, M (Mirror) ports and GbE ports.
  • Page 608: Perfdelfiltermonitor

    perfDelFilterMonitor perfDelFilterMonitor Deletes one or all filter-based performance monitors from a port. Synopsis perfdelfiltermonitor [slot/]port [monitorid] Description Use this command to delete a filter-based performance monitor from a port, or all such monitors associated with a port. Notes This command is being deprecated along with the commands listed below. Use the new fmConfig command instead.
  • Page 609 perfDelFilterMonitor Examples To delete filter monitor 4 from a port, and then all filter monitors from the port: switch:admin> perfdelfiltermonitor 2/3 4 The specified filter-based monitor is deleted. switch:admin> perfdelfiltermonitor 2/3 This will remove ALL monitors on port 19, continue? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y See Also perfAddUserMonitor, perfMonitorShow Fabric OS Command Reference...
  • Page 610: Perfhelp

    perfHelp perfHelp Displays performance monitoring help information. Synopsis perfhelp Description Use this command to display the help commands available for performance monitoring. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability"...
  • Page 611 perfHelp perfShowPortEEMask Show the current end-to-end mask perfTTmon Install Top Talker monitor perfResourceShow Display performance monitor resources for a logical switch. See Also none Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 612: Perfmonitorclear

    perfMonitorClear perfMonitorClear Clears counters of end-to-end, filter-based, and ISL performance monitors on a port. Synopsis perfmonitorclear --class monitor_class [slot/]port [monitorId] Description Use this command to clear counters for performance monitors on a port, specified by class. Monitor classes include end-to-end monitors (EE), filter-based monitors (FLT), and interswitch link monitors (ISL).
  • Page 613 perfMonitorClear switch:admin> perfmonitorclear --class EE 1/2 This will clear ALL EE monitors' counters on port 2, continue? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To clear statistics counters for a filter-based monitor: switch:admin> perfmonitorclear --class FLT 1/2 4 Filter-based monitor number 4 counters are cleared switch:admin>...
  • Page 614: Perfmonitorshow

    perfMonitorShow perfMonitorShow Displays end-to-end, filter-based, and interswitch Link performance monitors on a port. Synopsis perfmonitorshow class monitor_class [slot/]port [interval] Description Use this command to display performance monitors on a port. Monitor classes include end-to-end monitors (EE), filter-based monitors (FLT), and interswitch link monitors (ISL). ISL monitors are automatically activated on E_Ports (not including trunk slaves).
  • Page 615 Examples To display filter monitors on port 8: switch:admin> perfmonitorshow --class FLT 8 There are 2 filter-based monitors defined on port 8. KEY ALIAS OWNER_APP FRAME_COUNT OWNER_IP_ADDR --------------------------------------------------------...
  • Page 616 0 0x000000 0x1182ef TELNET 0x0000000000000000 0x0000000000000000 N/A To display end-to-end monitors on a port at an interval of every 5 seconds: switch:admin> perfmonitorshow --class EE 8 5 Showing EE monitors 8, 5: Tx/Rx are # of bytes ----- ----- -----...
  • Page 617 perfMonitorShow To display ISL monitor information on a port: switch:admin> perfmonitorshow --class ISL 1/1 Total transmit count for this ISL: 1462326 Number of destination domains monitored: 3 Number of ports in this ISL: 2 Domain 110379 Domain 98: 13965 Domain 1337982 See Also perfMonitorClear, perfAddEEMonitor, perfAddIPMonitor, perfAddRWMonitor,...
  • Page 618: Perfresourceshow

    perfResourceShow perfResourceShow Displays performance monitor resources for a logical switch. Synopsis perfresourceshow --fportRes [[slot]/port] perfResourceShow --eeRes [[slot]/port] perfResourceShow --fabmodeRes perfResourceShow --installed [[slot]/port] perfResourceShow --help Description Use this command to determine the physical resources available to support the installation of performance monitors on a logical switch port. In a Virtual Fabric environment, performance monitors installed on a logical switch share the physical resources of the switches that make up the base fabric.
  • Page 619 perfResourceShow Examples To display the number of F_Port monitors that can be installed on the current logical switch: switch:admin> perfresourceshow --fportRes ====================================================== Installed Available Slot/PortRange ====================================================== 2/13 3/5,3/7,3/12 Port list information --------------------- Slot ----------------------------------------------------- Port | - | - | | - | | - | | - | - |...
  • Page 620 perfResourceShow | - | 0 | | - | | - | | - | - | | - | | - | | - | 0 | | - | | - | | - | - | | - | | - | | - | - | | - |...
  • Page 621: Perfsetporteemask

    perfSetPortEEMask perfSetPortEEMask Sets the overall mask for end-to-end (EE) performance monitors. Synopsis perfsetporteemask [slot/]port "TxSIDMsk " "TxDIDMsk " "RxSIDMsk" "RxDIDMsk" Description Use this command to set the mask for an end-to-end (EE) performance monitor. This command allows selecting the Fibre Channel frames for which to collect performance statistics. When setting the EE mask on a port, all existing EE monitors on that port are deleted.
  • Page 622 perfSetPortEEMask TxSIDMsk Specify the transmitting source ID mask in dd:aa:pp format, with quotation marks, where dd is the domain ID mask, aa is the Area ID mask, and pp is AL_PA ID mask. For example, "00:ff:00" uses only the Area ID to trigger the EE monitor.
  • Page 623: Perfshowalpacrc

    perfShowAlpaCrc perfShowAlpaCrc Displays the CRC error count by port or by arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA). Synopsis perfshowalpacrc [slot/]port [ALPA] Description Use this command to display the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error count of one or all devices attached to a port. If the AL_PA operand is specified, only the CRC count for that AL_PA device is displayed.
  • Page 624: Perfshowporteemask

    perfShowPortEEMask perfShowPortEEMask Displays the current address mask for end-to-end performance monitors on a port. Synopsis perfshowporteemask [slot/]port Description Use this command to display the current mask shared across all end-to-end (EE) performance monitors of a port. There are only two commands that can modify the value of the EE mask: perfSetPortEEMask and perfCfgRestore.
  • Page 625 perfShowPortEEMask RxSID ALPA: RxDID Domain: RxDID Area: RxDID ALPA: See Also perfAddEEMonitor, perfDelEEMonitor, perfSetPortEEMask Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 626: Perfttmon

    perfTTmon perfTTmon Installs the Top Talker monitor in the specified mode. Synopsis perfttmon Port Mode (F_Port): perfttmon --add egress | ingress [slot/]port perfttmon --show [slot/]port [number_of_flows] [wwn| pid] perfttmon --delete [slot/]port Fabric Mode: perfttmon --add fabricmode perfttmon --show dom domain id [number_of_flows] [wwn| pid] perfttmon --delete fabricmode Description Use this command to install the Top Talker monitor.
  • Page 627 32 is entered, Top Talker displays counters for only 32 flows and a warning message. This operand is optional; if omitted, the command displays the top 8 flows. wwn | pid Specifies the output display as either WWN or PID format. This operand is optional.
  • Page 628 perfTTmon To add the Fabric Mode Top Talker: Switch:admin> perfttmon --add fabricmode To delete the Fabric Mode Top Talker: Switch:admin> perfttmon --del fabricmode To display the Fabric Mode Top Talker output: Switch:admin> perfttmon --show dom 1 pid ================================================================= Src_PID Dst_PID MB/sec Potential E-Ports =================================================================...
  • Page 629: Pkicreate

    pkiCreate pkiCreate Creates public key infrastructure (PKI) objects. Synopsis pkicreate Description Use this command to create PKI objects such as a pass-phrase switch private key and CSR and to install a root certificate. This command does not create the switch certificate. Switch certificate should be obtained offline from the Certificate Authority.
  • Page 630: Pkiremove

    pkiRemove pkiRemove Removes existing public key infrastructure (PKI) objects. Synopsis pkiremove Description Use this command to remove PKI objects including the switch private key, private key pass-phrase, CSR, root certificate, and switch certificate. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 631: Pkishow

    pkiShow pkiShow Displays existing public key infrastructure (PKI) objects. Synopsis pkishow Description Use this command to display PKI objects, such as switch private key, private key pass-phrase, CSR, root certificate, and switch certificate. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 632: Policy

    policy policy Displays or modifies the encryption and authentication algorithms for security policies. Synopsis policy option type number [-enc method] [-auth algorithm] [-pfs value] [-dh group] [-seclife seconds] Description Use this command to display or modify the encryption and authentication algorithms for security policies.
  • Page 633 policy -dh group Specifies the Diffie-Hellman group used in PFS negotiation. This operand is valid only with IKE policies. The default is 1. Values include: Fastest as it uses 768 bit values, but least secure. 14 Slowest as it uses 2048 bit values, but most secure. -seclife seconds Security association lifetime in seconds.
  • Page 634 policy To display all IPSec policy settings: switch:admin> policy --show ipsec all IPSec Policy 2 ----------------------------------------- Authentication Algorithm: SHA-1 Encryption: AES-128 SA Life (seconds): 28800 IPSec Policy 29 ----------------------------------------- Authentication Algorithm: SHA-1 Encryption: AES-128 SA Life (seconds): 28800 Operation Succeeded To change (delete and re-create) a policy: switch:admin>...
  • Page 635: Portaddress

    portAddress portAddress Assigns the lower 16 bits of the Fibre Channel Port ID. Synopsis portaddress --bind [slot/]por [16-bit_address] [--auto] portaddress --unbind [slot/]port portaddress --show [[slot/]port] portaddress --findPID 24-bit_Port_ID portaddress --help Description Use this command to bind the 16-bit address to the lower two bytes of a port 24-bit Fibre Channel address, or to unbind the currently bound address for the specified port.
  • Page 636 PID is bound to a single port. With 10-bit routing, up to 4 ports can share the same 8-bit area field of the PID. This address assignment mode dedicates all four unique routes to a single port. By default, auto is off.
  • Page 637 0x0e00 8 bit 0x0f00 8 bit 0x0000 8 bit 0x0100 8 bit 0x0200 8 bit 0x0300 8 bit 0x0400 8 bit 0x0500 8 bit 0x0600 8 bit 0x0700 8 bit 0x1800 8 bit 0x1900 8 bit 0x1a00 8 bit...
  • Page 638: Portalpashow

    portAlpaShow portAlpaShow Displays the Arbitrated Loop Physical Addresses (AL_PAs) of devices attached to a port. Synopsis portalpashow [slot/]port Description Use this command to display the AL_PAs of devices connected to a port, and whether these devices are public or private. If the specified port is not an active FL_Port or if no AL_PAs are present, this command prints an error.
  • Page 639: Portbeacon

    portBeacon portBeacon Sets port beaconing mode. Synopsis portbeacon --enable [slot]port portbeacon --disable [slot]port portbeacon --show [slot]port portbeacon --help Description Use this command to enable or disable beaconing mode on a specified port. When beaconing mode is enabled on a port, the port LED flashes amber and green for 2.5 seconds each in an alternating pattern.
  • Page 640: Portbuffershow

    10 km (1 Gbps), 5 km (2 Gbps), 2 km (4 Gbps), or 1 km (8 Gbps). For static long distance mode (LE), the fixed distance of 10 km displays. For LD mode, the distance in kilometers displays as measured by timing the return trip of a MARK primitive that is sent and then echoed back to the switch.
  • Page 641 portBufferShow Operands When invoked without operands, this command displays the long distance buffer information for all the port groups of the switch. The following operands are optional: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port group to display, followed by a slash (/).
  • Page 642: Portcamshow

    portCamShow portCamShow Displays port-based filter CAM utilization. Synopsis portcamshow [slot/]port Description Use this command to display the current filter Content-Addressable Memory (CAM) utilization of a specified port. The command displays the following information: SID used Total number of CAM entries used by this port. Note that each CAM entry, either source ID (SID) or destination ID (DID) CAM, can be shared among a certain number of ports, depending on the ASIC.
  • Page 643 portCamShow Examples To display the filter CAM utilization for a single port on a switch: switch:user> portcamshow 3/2 -------------------------------------------------- Area SID used DID used SID entries DID entries 350400 2b2200 2b1200 220400 -------------------------------------------------- SID Free, DID Free: (61, 511) To display port CAM entries on shared ports (In the following example, port 7/31 and 7/39 are shared ports and 7/31 is the primary port): switch:user>...
  • Page 644: Portcfg

    portCfg portCfg Manages port configuration parameters for FC ports, VE_ports, and GbE/10GbE ports. Synopsis portcfg action [slot/] port arguments portcfg action [slot/] ge_port arguments portcfg action [slot/]ve_port options arguments portcfg action [slot/][ge_port options arguments Description Use this command to manage port configuration parameters on FC ports as well as on Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) ports on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 and on the Brocade 7500/7500E/FR4-18i.
  • Page 645 For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be configured, followed by a slash (/). port[-port] Specifies a single port or a range of ports, for example, 3-22 or 1/3-8. port ranges are supported only with the rscnsupr option. rscnsupr Manages Registered State Change Notification (RSCN) suppression on the local port.
  • Page 646 portCfg The syntax for portCfg mirrorport is as follows: portcfg mirrorport [slot/]port mode Valid modes for mirrorport are: Disables the configuration. When disabled, a port cannot be a mirror port. --disable Enables the configuration. When the mirror port feature is enabled to a port, --enable a mirror connection can use this port to mirror traffic.
  • Page 647 portCfg portcfg ipif [slot/]ge_port option arguments Valid options and arguments for ipif are: create src_ipaddr [netmask] mtu_size Creates IP interfaces. Specify the following: src_ipaddr Specifies source IP address in either IPv6 or IPv4 format: src_IPv6_addr/prefix_len Specifies the source IPv6 address of the virtual port if IPv6 is used. The address must be an IPv6 global, unicast address, followed by a prefix.
  • Page 648 portCfg gateway_router Specifies the IP address of an IP router that can route packets to the destination virtual port IP address. The gateway address must be on the same IP subnet as one of the port IP addresses. This operand is optional with IPv6 addresses.
  • Page 649 portCfg dst_ipaddr Specifies an optional destination IP address (IPv4 or IPv6). All packets destined for this IP address are tagged accordingly. If a destination IP address is not specified, all packets not already tagged will be tagged. The default is 0.0.0.0. Examples To create an IP interface using IPv4: switch:admin>...
  • Page 650 portCfg IPv6 Address Gateway Metric Flags ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2000:: 2000::10 U H L 2000::11 U H L 2000::1:250 U H L 2001:: 2000::1:250 fe80:: ff01:: ff02:: Flags: U=Usable G=Gateway H=Host C=Created(Interface) S=Static L=LinkLayer(Arp) To delete a static IP route using an IPv4 address: switch:admin>...
  • Page 651 Set or modify additional circuit parameters. Note In the Fabric OS v6.3.0 and later, you can configure up to 20 FCIP tunnels on the Brocade FX8-24 and up to 8 tunnels on the Brocade 7800. Operands This command has the following operands:...
  • Page 652 portCfg default circuit. The default circuit created with the tunnel is automatically assigned the circuit ID 0. You can modify the default circuit with the fciptunnel modify command. To add additional circuits to an existing tunnel, use the fcipcircuit create command. modify [tunnel_arguments] [circuit_arguments] Modifies the properties of an existing FCIP tunnel.
  • Page 653 portCfg -N, --no-read-pipelining Disables tape read-pipelining. This operand is valid only with fciptunnel create and -t must be specified enabling the feature. The combination of -t and -N effectively enables tape write-pipeling. When using this operand with fciptunnel modify specify one or more of the following: -t |--tape-pipelining mode Modifies the Open System Tape Pipelining configuration.
  • Page 654 portCfg -F |--ficon [0|1] Enables (1) or disables (0) FICON emulation on the specified FCIP tunnel. Optional FICON arguments for fciptunnel create allow you to control specific features. Use the [0|1] value only with fciptunnel modify. --ficon-xrc [0|1] Enables (1) or disables (0) FICON XRC emulation. FICON XRC Emulation allows XRC (IBM eXtendedRemote Copy, also known as IBM z/OS Global Mirroring) to operate effectively at extended distances.
  • Page 655 portCfg by hosts (channels) attached at the opposite side. Too small of a value will result in poor performance. The value should be chosen based upon the typical tape channel program that requires optimum performance. The default value is 32. The range is 1 to 100. --max-read-devs value Defines the maximum number of concurrent emulated tape read operations.
  • Page 656 100 ms. -r |--max-retransmits retransmissions Specifies the maximum number of retransmissions. The valid range is 1 to 16. The default value is 8. -v |--vlan-tagging vlan_id Creates an FCIP tunnel with VLAN Tagging and Class of Service (CoS). Specify a vlan_id in the range between 1 and 4094. If any other VLAN option is specified, the VLAN ID must also be specified.
  • Page 657 portCfg --l2cos-high l2cos Specifies the L2CoS value for High Priority Traffic. The range is 0 to 7. The default is 0. --l2cos-medium l2cos Specifies the L2CoS value for Medium Priority Traffic. The range is 0 to 7. The default is 0. --l2cos-low l2cos Specifies the L2CoS value for Low Priority Traffic.
  • Page 658 Local IP: 20.09.14.60 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 10000 Max Comm Rt: 10000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 5000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: 0 H:...
  • Page 659 Continue with Modification (Y,y,N,n): [ n] y Operation Succeeded 4. Modify existing circuit to change DSCP marking values switch:admin> portcfg fcipcircuit 16 modify 0 --dscp-f 32 --dscp-h 16 --dscp-m 8 --dscp-l 4 Operation Succeeded 5. Display the tunnel configuration and circuit values.
  • Page 660 Remote IP: 192.168.2.20 Local IP: 192.168.2.10 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 100000 Max Comm Rt: 100000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: 300 L2CoS: F: 7 H: 5 M:...
  • Page 661 portCfg Create or modify a tunnel with Byte Streaming enabled or disabled. • portcfg fastwrite - Configure the FC port for FC FastWrite. • portcfg ficon - Manage FICON emulation in an FCIP tunnel. Operands This command supports the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be configured, followed by a slash (/).
  • Page 662 -r retransmission Specifies the maximum retransmissions. Values are 1 to 16. The default value is 8. If Tape Piplelining is enabled, the default value is calculated based on the minimum retransmit time to ensure that the TCP connection does not time out before the host times out. The specified value must be greater than the calculated value.
  • Page 663 portCfg -s [0|1] Disables or enables selective acknowledgement code (SACK) on the specified FCIP tunnel. Note that SACK is by default enabled. Use -s to disable the feature when creating a tunnel. Use -s 0 to disable and -s 1 to enable SACK when modifying a tunnel.
  • Page 664 portCfg qosmap Modifies (or resets to default), the VC to QoS mapping for a particular FCIP tunnel. This table can be modified at any time without bringing down the tunnel. The FCIP tunnel must be configured with the fciptunnel create/modify -M option before the actual mapping occurs. The following operands are supported with the fciptunnel qosmap option: tunnel_id Specifies the tunnel ID.
  • Page 665 portCfg This command has the following operands: tunnel_Id Specifies the tunnel ID for the configuration change. The valid range is 0 to 7. config Creates or modifies a FICON configuration. delete Deletes an existing FICON configuration. The following optional feature arguments are supported with the config and delete options.
  • Page 666 portCfg by hosts (channels) attached at the opposite side. Too small of a value results in poor performance. The value should be chosen based upon the typical tape channel program that requires optimum performance. The default value is 32. The range is 1 to 100. -c |--wrtMaxDevs value Defines the maximum number of concurrent emulated tape write operations.
  • Page 667 To create an FCIP tunnel with a minimum retransmission time of 20 ms, a VLAN ID of 100, and an L2 CoS priority setting of 7: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel 8/ge0 create 1 192.168.10.1 192.168.20.1 0 -m 20 -v 100 -p 3 -P 7 Operation Succeeded To create an FCIP tunnel with FastWrite and read/write Tape Pipelining enabled: switch:admin>...
  • Page 668 portCfg Operands This command has the following operands: inbandmgmt Configures IP addresses and routes for the CP or GbE port inband management interfaces. Inband management allows a management station to communicate with the CP through GbE ports. Valid options and arguments for inbandmgmt are: ipaddrset cp | ge ip_address netmask Configures the IP address and netmask for a CP or a GbE inband management interface.
  • Page 669 portCfg Examples To configure the internal addresses for the CP and GbE port inband management interfaces: switch:admin> portcfg inbandmgmt ge0 ipaddrset cp 192.168.255.1 255.255.255.0 switch:admin> portcfg inbandmgmt ge0 ipaddrset ge 192.168.255.2 255.255.255.0 To add a route to a management station that is on the same subnet as the management interface IP addresses in the previous example: switch:admin>...
  • Page 670: Portcfgalpa

    portCfgAlpa portCfgAlpa Configures the AL_PA offset on a specified port or range of ports. Synopsis portcfgalpa [slot/]port, mode Description Use this command to set the Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA) offset on a port or a range of ports to either 0x0 (default) or 0x13. Changes made by this command are persistent across switch reboots and power cycles.
  • Page 671: Portcfgautodisable

    --enable 1 To enable the autodisable feature on a port, on which this feature is already enabled: switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --enable 8 Same configuration for port 8 To enable the autodisable feature on a port range. switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --enable 0-8...
  • Page 672 4): switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --enable 2-4 Same configuration for port 2 Same configuration for port 3 To disable the auto-disable feature on a port range. switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --disable 0-8 See Also portCfgShow, portEnable Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 673: Portcfgcreditrecovery

    portCfgCreditRecovery portCfgCreditRecovery Enables or disables credit recovery on a port. Synopsis portcfgcreditrecovery --disable | --enable [slot/]port Description Use this command to enable or disable credit recovery on a port. The credit recovery feature enables credits or frames to be recovered. Only ports configured as long distance ports can utilize the credit recovery feature.
  • Page 674: Portcfgdefault

    To reset a port to factory defaults: switch:admin> portcfgdefault 1/3 To reset a GbE port to factory defaults: switch:admin> portcfgdefault 8/ge1 To reset a an FCoE port on a Brocade 8000 in Access Gateway mode: switch:admin> portcfgdefault 13 switch:admin> portcfgshow...
  • Page 675: Portcfgeport

    -slot [slot1[-slot2] Specifies all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10. mode Disables E_Port capability for the specified ports.
  • Page 676 portCfgEport Displays the command usage. Examples To disable E_Port capability on a port: switch:admin> portcfgeport 1/3 0 To enable E_Port capability on a port: switch:admin> portcfgeport 1/3 1 To lock down the port as an E_Port. switch:admin> portcfgeport 1/3 2 To disable E_Port capability on a range of ports specified by their index number: switch:admin>...
  • Page 677: Portcfgexport

    portCfgEXPort portCfgEXPort Sets a port to be an EX_Port, and sets and displays EX_Port configuration parameters. Synopsis portcfgexport [slot/]port portcfgexport [-a admin] portcfgexport [-f fabricid] portcfgexport [-r ratov] portcfgexport [-e edtov] portcfgexport [-d domainid] portcfgexport [-p pidformat] portcfgexport [-t fabric_parameter] portcfgexport [-m port mode] portcfgexport [-i mode] Description...
  • Page 678 portCfgEXPort If the Fabric Parameter value is “Auto Negotiate”, the port ID format, R_A_TOV, and E_D_TOV values display the negotiated values indicated by “(N)” next to them. The negotiated values are what the edge switch specifies in the ELP request. If the state is “Not OK”, the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV display “Not Applicable”.
  • Page 679 portCfgEXPort an error message is posted, and the command fails. Valid values are as follows: Brocade Native mode. McDATA Open Fabric mode. McDATA Fabric mode. MCDATA fabric legacy mode. Note that this mapping between mode values and modes is NOT the same as the mapping used when setting interoperability modes with the interopMode, command.
  • Page 680: Portcfgfillword

    portCfgFillword portCfgFillword Configures the fill word for a single 8G FC port. Synopsis portcfgfillword [slot/]port, mode portcfgfillword --help Description Use this command to configure the fill word of an 8G FC port. This command is not applicable to non-8G FC ports. This command disables and re-enables the port and the port comes online with the new fill word setting.
  • Page 681 portCfgFillword switch:admin> portcfgshow 27 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 2(SW Idle-Arbff) (output truncated) switch:admin> portcfgshow 28 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 3(A-A then SW I-A) (output truncated) switch:admin> portcfgshow Ports of Slot 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31...
  • Page 682: Portcfgfportbuffers

    portCfgFportBuffers portCfgFportBuffers Configures F_Port buffer allocation. Synopsis portcfgfportbuffers --enable [slot/]port buffers portcfgfportbuffers --disable [slot/]port Description Use this command to change the default buffer allocation for an F_Port and to allocate a specified number of buffers to the port. When port buffer allocation is enabled, the number of buffers specified override the default F_Port buffer allocation.
  • Page 683: Portcfggemediatype

    portCfgGeMediaType portCfgGeMediaType Sets the active ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800. Synopsis portcfggemediatype ge_port [optical | copper] portcfggemediatype --help Description Use this command to set the active ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800. Each of the ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800 can be configured as a copper port (RJ45) or an optical port (SFP).
  • Page 684 portCfgGeMediaType Examples To activate a GbE port that can accept both copper and optical connections: switch:admin> portcfggemediatype ge0 optical To display the current configuration: switch:admin> portcfggemediatype ge0 Port ge1 is configured in optical mode See Also portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 685: Portcfggport

    portCfgGport portCfgGport Designates a port as a G_Port; removes G_Port designation. Synopsis portcfggport [slot/]port,mode Description Use this command to designate a port as a G_Port. After successful execution of this command, the switch attempts to initialize the specified port as an F_Port only, and does not attempt loop initialization (FL_Port) on the port.
  • Page 686: Portcfglosstov

    portCfgLossTov portCfgLossTov Enables or disables de-bouncing of signal loss for front end ports. Synopsis portcfglosstov [slot]/port mode Description Use this command to enable or disable the de-bouncing of loss of signal for 100 ms for front end ports. Use portCfgShow to display the current setting. If executed without operands, the command prints the usage.
  • Page 687 portCfgLossTov To disable the configuration on port 1/5: switch:admin> portcfglosstov 1/5 0 See Also portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 688: Portcfgislmode

    portCfgISLMode portCfgISLMode Enables or disables ISL R_RDY mode on a port. Synopsis portcfgislmode [slot/]port,mode Description Use this command to enable or disable interswitch link read-ready (ISL R_RDY) mode on a port. Use the portCfgShow command to determine whether ISL R_RDY mode is enabled on a port. In ISL R_RDY mode, the port sends a primitive signal that the port is ready to receive frames.
  • Page 689 portCfgISLMode To disable ISL R_RDY mode on a port: switch:admin> portcfgislmode 1/3, 0 See Also configure, portCfgLongDistance, portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 690: Portcfglongdistance

    portCfgLongDistance portCfgLongDistance Configures a port to support long distance links. Synopsis portcfglongdistance [slot/]port [distance_level] [vc_translation_link_init] [desired_distance] Description Use this command to allocate sufficient numbers of full size frame buffers on a particular port or to support a specified long distance link. The port can only be used as an E_Port. Changes made by this command are persistent across switch reboots and power cycles.
  • Page 691 10 km at 1 Gbps, up to 5 km at 2 Gbps, up to 2 km at 4 Gbps and up to 1 km at 8 Gbps. LE (3) Specify LE mode to configure an E_Ports distance greater than 5 km and up to 10 km.
  • Page 692 portCfgLongDistance desired_distance, this value is used to allocate the buffers. In this case, the port operates in degraded mode instead of being disabled due to insufficient buffers. In LS mode, the actual link distance is not measured, instead the desired_distance is used to allocate the buffers required for the port. Examples To configure a switch port 63 to support a 100 km link and be initialized using the long distance link initialization protocol:...
  • Page 693: Portcfglport

    portCfgLport portCfgLport Configures a port as an L_Port. Synopsis portcfglport [[slot/]port] locked_mode [private_mode] [duplex_mode]] Description Use this command to designate a port as an L_Port, and to configure its behavior. When a port is designated as an L_Port, the switch attempts to initialize that port as a fabric L_Port (FL_Port). The switch will never attempt a point-to-point (F_Port) initialization on the port.
  • Page 694 Examples To configure ports 8, 14, and 15 as locked L_Ports: switch:admin> portcfglport 4/8 4/14-15, 1 switch:admin> portcfgshow 15 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 0(Idle-Idle) AL_PA Offset 13: Trunk Port Long Distance VC Link Init Locked L_Port...
  • Page 695: Portcfgnpivport

    portCfgNPIVPort portCfgNPIVPort Enables or disables N_Port ID virtualization (NPIV) functionality on a port and sets the per-port login limit. Synopsis portcfgnpivport --enable [slot/]port portcfgnpivport --disable [slot/]port portcfgnpivport --setloginlimit [slot/]port login_limit portcfgnpivport --help portcfgnpivport [slot/]port mode Description Use this command to enable or disable NPIV functionality on a port and to configure the maximum number of logins for this port.
  • Page 696 portCfgNPIVPort Use the portCfgShow command to determine whether NPIV is enabled on a port and to display the maximum logins configured for that port. Use the portCfgDefault command to reset all port configurations, including the NPIV configuration of a port. Operands This command has the following operands: slot...
  • Page 697 portCfgNPIVPort To disable NPIV functionality on port 7 and to display the change: switch:admin> portcfgnpivport --disable 7 switch:admin> portcfgshow 0/7 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 0(Idle-Idle) AL_PA Offset 13: Trunk Port Long Distance VC Link Init Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port Locked E_Port...
  • Page 698: Portcfgnport

    portCfgNPort portCfgNPort Enables or disables N_Port functionality for an Access Gateway port. Synopsis portcfgnport [slot]port1[-port2] [mode] Description Use this command to enable or disable N_Port functionality for an Access Gateway port or for a range of ports. The enabled N_Ports automatically come online if they are connected to an enterprise fabric switch that supports NPIV.
  • Page 699: Portcfgpersistentdisable

    portCfgPersistentDisable portCfgPersistentDisable Persistently disables a port or a range of ports. Synopsis portcfgpersistentdisable portcfgpersistentdisable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistentdisable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistentdisable -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgpersistentdisable -h Description Use this command to persistently disable a port or a range of ports. Persistently disabled ports remain disabled across power cycles, switch reboots, and switch enables.
  • Page 700 To disable multiple ports persistently by specifying multiple port index ranges: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentdisable -i 17-18 30-39 To disable all ports on slots 3-5 persistently: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentdisable -s 3-5 To disable all ports on slots 3-5 and 8-10 persistently: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentdisable -s 3-5 8-10 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 701 portCfgPersistentDisable To display the persistently disabled ports on the switch: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentdisable Slot 0 ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+--- Disabled Slot 0 ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+--- Disabled - YES YES YES YES Slot 0 ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+--- Disabled YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES See Also ficonCupSet, ficonCupShow, portCfgDefault, portDisable, portEnable, portCfgPersistentEnable, portShow, portSwapDisable, portSwapshow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 702: Portcfgpersistentenable

    portCfgPersistentEnable portCfgPersistentEnable Persistently enables a port or a range of ports. Synopsis portcfgpersistentenable portcfgpersistentenable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistentenable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistentenable -s[lot] [slot1[-slot2] portcfgpersistentenable -h Description Use this command to persistently enable a port or a range of ports. If the port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure.
  • Page 703 To enable a single port persistently: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentenable 2/4 To enable a range of ports persistently: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentenable 2/4-8 To enable multiple port ranges persistently: switch:admin> portcfgpersistentenable 2/24-26 3/10-12 4/3-4 To enable a port persistently by specifying its index number: switch:admin>...
  • Page 704: Portcfgqos

    PortCfgQoS PortCfgQoS Enables or disables QoS, sets the default configuration, and sets and resets the ingress rate limit. Synopsis portcfgqos --disable | --enable | --default [slot/]port portcfgqos --setratelimit [slot/]port ratelimit portcfgqos --resetratelimit [slot/]port portcfgqos --help Description Use this command to enable or disable Adaptive Networking/Quality of Service (AN/QoS) on a port, to set or reset the ingress rate limit for the specified port, and to set the default behavior.
  • Page 705 PortCfgQoS configuration. For example if the rate limit is set at 4 Gbps and the port comes online only at 2 Gbps, no enforcement is needed. Specify an ingress rate in Mbps. Supported values for ratelimit are: 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, and 8000.
  • Page 706: Portcfgshow

    Speed Displays Auto for auto speed negotiation mode, or a specific speed of 1, 2, 4, or 8 Gbps. This value is set by the portCfgSpeed command. Fill Word Displays one of the following numeric values: 0(Idle-Idle), 1(arbff-arbff), 2(Idle-arbff), or 3(A-A then SW I-A).This parameter is set by the portcfgFillword...
  • Page 707 portCfgShow AL_PA Offset 13 Displays (..) or OFF when the arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA) on the port is configured to use a 0x0 AL_PA address (default). Displays ON when the address configuration is 0x13 AL_PA. This value is set by the portCfgAlpa command.
  • Page 708 portCfgShow QOS E_Port Displays ON when Quality of Service (QoS) is enabled on the E_Port (or EX_Port) when QoS is enabled in an FCR deployment scenario. Displays (..) or OFF when QoS is disabled. By default, QoS is enabled if sufficient buffers are available.
  • Page 709 portCfgShow Operands This command supports the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be configured, followed by a slash (/). port Specifies the number of the port to be displayed, relative to its slot for bladed systems.
  • Page 710 portCfgShow ve_port Displays information for the specified FCIP tunnel on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 (only). To display the tunnel, specify the VE_Port number associated with the tunnel configured on one of the GbE ports. VE_Ports are numbered 16-23 on the Brocade 7800 and 12-31 on the Brocade FX8-24 blade.
  • Page 711 portCfgShow To display the port configuration settings on a Brocade 7800 for a range of ports specified by their index numbers: switch:admin> portcfgshow -i 3-5 portcfgshow -i 3-5 Index: ---------------- +---+---+--- Speed Fill Word AL_PA Offset 13 Trunk Port Long Distance VC Link Init Locked L_Port Locked G_Port...
  • Page 712 ....where AE:QoSAutoEnable, AN:AutoNegotiate, ..:OFF, NA:NotApplicable, ??:INVALID, To display the configuration settings for a single port on a switch with Access Gateway enabled: switch:admin> portcfgshow 8 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word:...
  • Page 713 portCfgShow switch:admin> portcfgshow 16 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 0(Idle-Idle) AL_PA Offset 13: Trunk Port Long Distance VC Link Init Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port ISL R_RDY Mode RSCN Suppressed Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit...
  • Page 714 Tape Pipelining off Committed Rate 100000 Kbps (0.100000 Gbps) SACK on Min Retransmit Time 100 Keepalive Timeout 10 Max Retransmissions 8 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP (Control): 0, DSCP (Data): 0 VLAN Tagging Not Configured VC QoS Map: (default) VC DSCP L2CoS...
  • Page 715 portCfgShow To display FCIP parameters on the Brocade 7800 (with IPv6 support): switch:admin> portcfgshow ge2 Mode: FCIP Persistent Disable: Ipif configuration: Interface IP Address NetMask ---------------------------------------------------- 192.168.2.10 255.255.255.0 1500 192.168.2.12 255.255.255.0 1500 192.168.2.13 255.255.255.0 1500 192.168.2.11 255.255.255.0 1500 192.168.2.110 255.255.255.0 1500 Interface IPv6 Address Len MTU...
  • Page 716 portCfgShow To display an FCIP Tunnel on a Brocade FX8-24 with and without IPSec information: switch:admin> portcfgshow fciptunnel 7/12 -ipsec ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID: 7/12 Tunnel Description: Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Enabled IPSec Key: '01234567890123456789012345678901' Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Flags: 0x00000000...
  • Page 717: Portcfgspeed

    Configures all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10. speed Sets speed for the specified ports. This operand is required. Valid values are one of the following.
  • Page 718 To set the speed of a port range using the port index: switch:admin> portcfgspeed -i 24-38 8 To set all ports on slots 2 and 3 to 8 Gbps: switch:admin> portcfgspeed -s 2-3 To set all ports on slots 2-3 and 9-12 to 8 Gbps: switch:admin>...
  • Page 719: Portcfgtrunkport

    portCfgTrunkPort portCfgTrunkPort Enables or disables trunking on a port. Synopsis portcfgtrunkport [slot/]port[,] mode Description Use this command to enable or disable trunking on a port. Use switchCfgTrunk to enable or disable trunking on all ports of a switch. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the port to which the configuration applies is disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration.
  • Page 720: Portcfgvexport

    portCfgVEXPort portCfgVEXPort Configures a port as a VEX_Port connected to an FC-IP and sets and displays VEX_Port configuration parameters. Synopsis portcfgvexport [slot/]port portcfgvexport [-a admin] portcfgvexport [-f fabricid] portcfgvexport [-r ratov] portcfgvexport [-e edtov] portcfgvexport [-d domainid] portcfgvexport [-p pidformat] portcfgvexport [-t fabric_parameter] portcfgvexport [-m portmode] Description...
  • Page 721 portCfgVEXPort The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Operands This command has the following operands: -a admin Enables or disables the specified port as a VEX_Port.
  • Page 722 portCfgVEXPort Examples To display the VEX_Port configuration of port 2/16: switch:admin> portcfgvexport 2/16 Port 2/16 info Admin: enabled State: Pid format: core(N) Edge Fabric ID: Front Domain ID: Front WWN: 50:06:06:9e:20:9f:ce:10 Principal Switch: principal WWN: 10:00:00:60:69:c0:05:8a Fabric Parameters: Auto Negotiate R_A_TOV: 9000(N) E_D_TOV:...
  • Page 723: Portcmd

    portCmd portCmd Diagnoses intelligent ports. Synopsis portcmd --ipperf [slot/]geport -s src_ip -d dst_ip -S | -R [-i interval][-p port][-q diffserv] [-r committed_rate][-t running_time][-z size] [-v vlan_id [-c L2 Class-of-Service]] portcmd --ping [slot/][slot/]geport -s src_ip -d dst_ip [-n num_requests][-q service_type] [-t ttl][-w wait_time][-z size][-v vlan_id [-c L2 Class-of-Service]] portcmd --traceroute [slot/][slot/]geport -s src_ip -d dst_ip [-h max_hops][-f first_ttl] [-q type_of_service][-w timeout] [-z size] [-v vlan_id [-c L2 Class-of-Service]] portcmd --tperf [slot/]veport -sink | -source [-high | -medium | -low][-time duration]...
  • Page 724 portCmd Loss(%) The number of TCP retransmits. This number averages the TCP retransmit rate over the last display interval. Delay(ms) The smoothed TCP round-trip time and variance estimate in milliseconds. PMTU The path maximum transmission unit (MTU) represents the largest IP layer datagram that can be transmitted over the end-to-end path without fragmentation.
  • Page 725 portCmd Instructs the sink mode to accept the new connection. The end-to-end path characteristics are not reported. -i interval Specifies the intervals between polling and displaying statistics, in seconds. If the duration is greater than -t running_time, the statistics displays only once, at the conclusion of the test.
  • Page 726 portCmd -t ttl Specifies the time to live. Valid values are 1 to 255. The default is 100. This operand is optional. -w wait_time Specifies the time to wait for the response of each ping request in milliseconds. The default is 5000 ms and the maximum wait time is 9000 ms (9 seconds).
  • Page 727 portCmd -c L2 Class-of-Service Specifies Class of Service/Priority, as defined by the IEEE 802.1p specification. Values must be in the range of 0 to 7. The default value is 0. This operand is optional with the -v option. Determines the path characteristics to a remote host or tunnel destination --tperf The -tperf option requires two separate Brocade FX-24 blades to function.
  • Page 728 To verify if packets can be sent to the destination IP address using VLAN tagging with the -c option. switch:admin> portcmd --ping 8/ge0 –s 192.168.10.1 –d 192.168.20.1 –v 10 –c 3 To trace the IP router hops used to reach the remote host using VLAN tagging with the -c option.
  • Page 729 To set the path characteristic to source mode on the remote host using VLAN tagging with the -c option. switch:admin> portcmd --ipperf 8/ge0 –s 192.168.10.1 –d 192.168.20.1 –S –v 10 –c 3 To create a TPerf data sink on VE_Port 16: switch:admin>...
  • Page 730 portCmd To configure a TPerf source to generate one-way low priority traffic with a random PDU size from 0 to 400 bytes and a payload pattern of ones. switch:admin> portcmd --tperf 16 -source -low -size 400 -random -unidirectional -pattern 2 TPerf has been configured successfully for 16 TPerf is generating traffic on 16 priority: low...
  • Page 731: Portdebug

    portDebug portDebug Sets debug level and verbose level of port modules. Synopsis portdebug dbg_lvl, vbs_lvl Description Use this command to set the debug level and verbose level of port modules. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 732: Portdisable

    -slot [slot1[-slot2] Disables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10. Displays the command usage. Fabric OS Command Reference...
  • Page 733 Examples To disable a single port. switch:admin> portdisable 2/4 To disable a range of ports: switch:admin> portdisable 2/4-8 To disable multiple port ranges: switch:admin> portdisable 2/24-26 3/10-12 4/3-4 To disable a port by specifying its index number: switch:admin> portdisable -i 176 To disable a range of ports by specifying the corresponding port index range: switch:admin>...
  • Page 734: Portenable

    portEnable portEnable Enables a port or a range of ports. Synopsis portenable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portenable -i [index1[-index2] [...]] [-f] portenable -s[lot] [slot1[-slot2] portenable -h Description Use this command to enable a port or a range of ports. If a port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure.
  • Page 735 Examples To enable a single port: switch:admin> portenable 2/4 To enable a range of ports: switch:admin> portenable 2/4-8 To enable multiple port ranges: switch:admin> portenable 2/24-26 3/10-12 4/3-4 To enable a port by specifying its index number: switch:admin> portenable -i 176 portenable: portSwap feature enabled.
  • Page 736: Porterrshow

    portErrShow portErrShow Displays a port error summary. Synopsis porterrshow Description Use this command to display an error summary for all ports. Counts are reported on frames transmitted by the port (Tx) or on frames received by the port (Rx). The display contains one output line per port.
  • Page 737 portErrShow Examples To display error counters for ports on a switch: switch:admin> porterrshow frames enc disc link loss loss frjt fbsy err g_eof shrt long c3 fail sync ============================================================================ 1.6k 527k 39k 6.6k 2.2k (output truncated) See Also portShow, portStatsShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 738: Portfencing

    portFencing portFencing Configures the Fabric Watch port fencing feature. Synopsis portfencing --show portfencing --enable port_type | all -area area_type | -area all portfencing --disable port_type | all -area area_type | -area all portfencing --help Description Use this command to enable or disable the Fabric Watch port fencing feature for specified port types and Fabric Watch areas.
  • Page 739 portFencing fop-port Enables or disables port fencing for all optical F_Ports. fcu-port Enables or disables port fencing for all copper F_Ports. This operand is supported only on embedded platforms and only on copper ports. port Enables or disables port fencing for all physical ports. -area area | -area all Specifies one or more Fabric Watch areas to be monitored by the port fencing feature.
  • Page 740 portFencing |enabled |enabled Port |CRC |enabled |ITW |disabled |disabled |C3TX_TO |disabled |disabled |disabled See Also fwHelp, portThConfig Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 741: Portflagsshow

    portFlagsShow portFlagsShow Displays the port status bitmaps for all ports in a switch. Synopsis portflagsshow Description Use this command to display the following status for a port: SNMPDisplays whether the port is online or offline. PhysicalDisplays the port physical status. Valid values are In_Sync and No_Light. FlagsDisplays whether there is an SFP inserted in the port, whether the port is active, and the port type.
  • Page 742: Portledtest

    portLedTest portLedTest Cycles user port LEDs. Synopsis portledtest [-npass count][-ports itemlist][-action value] ceeportledtest [-npass count][-ports itemlist][-action value] Description Use this command to exercise the user port LEDs in the current switch. For each port, the command cycles through the ON and OFF state by setting the ATTN LEDs to green for the ON condition and unlighted for the OFF condition.
  • Page 743: Portlogclear

    portLogClear portLogClear Clears the port log. Synopsis portlogclear Description Use this command to clear the port log. It is recommended that you clear the port log before triggering an activity so that the log displays only the log events related to that activity. If the port log is disabled, portLogClear enables it.
  • Page 744: Portlogconfigshow

    portLogConfigShow portLogConfigShow Displays the current port log configuration. Synopsis portlogconfigshow Description Use this command to display the current port log configuration. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability"...
  • Page 745: Portlogdisable

    portLogDisable portLogDisable Disables the port log facility. Synopsis portlogdisable Description Use this command to disable the port log facility. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability"...
  • Page 746: Portlogdump

    portLogDump portLogDump Displays the port log without page breaks. Synopsis portlogdump [count[, saved]] Description Use this command to display the port log, listing all entries in the log without page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogShow, but portLogShow prompts you to press Enter between each page.
  • Page 747: Portlogdumpport

    portLogDumpPort portLogDumpPort Displays the port log of a specified port without page breaks. Synopsis portlogdumpport port_index Description Use this command to display the port log for for a single port specified by its port index number. The command displays all entries in the log without any page breaks. This command is identical to portLogShowPort, except that portLogShowPort prompts you to press Enter to display the next page.
  • Page 748: Portlogenable

    portLogEnable portLogEnable Enables the port log facility. Synopsis portLogEnable Description Use this command to enable the port log facility. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability"...
  • Page 749: Portlogeventshow

    portLogEventShow portLogEventShow Displays information about port log events. Synopsis portlogeventshow Description Use this command to display information about the ID associated with the various port log events. The Disabled field indicates whether the port log for that event ID is disabled (1) or enabled (0). Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 750: Portloginshow

    portLoginShow portLoginShow Displays port login status of devices attached to the specified port. Synopsis portloginshow [slot/]port Description Use this command to display port login status received from devices attached to the specified port. For each login, this command displays the following fields: Type Type of login can display one of the following: FDISC, Discover F_Port Service Parameters or Virtual N_Port login.
  • Page 751: Portlogpdisc

    portLogPdisc portLogPdisc Sets or clears the debug_pdisc_flag. Synopsis portlogpdisc 0 | 1 Description Use this command to set or clear the debug_pdisc_flag. This command is part of the environmental monitor. A setting of 1 enables logging of Port Discovery parameters. The PDISC log is disabled by default.
  • Page 752: Portlogreset

    portLogReset portLogReset Enables the port log facility. Synopsis portlogreset Description Use this command to enable the port log facility. Notes Refer to portLogClear for events that may disable the port log facility. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 753: Portlogresize

    portLogResize portLogResize Resizes the port log to include a specified number of entries. Synopsis portlogresize num_entries Description Use this command to resize the port log to include a specified number of entries. If the specified number of entries is less than the already configured port log size, there is no change. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 754: Portlogshow

    portLogShow portLogShow Displays the port log with page breaks. Synopsis portlogshow [count[, saved]] Description Use this command to display the port log with page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogDump, but one page at a time. The port log is a circular log file in the switch firmware which can save up to 65,536 entries depending on the hardware platform.
  • Page 755 portLogShow fcin Indicates an incoming Fibre Channel information unit. fcout Indicates an outgoing Fibre Channel information unit. read Indicates an information unit header log from a read operation. write Indicates an information unit header log from a write operation. Indicates an information unit header log of an FC error frame. frame Indicates a Fibre Channel frame payload.
  • Page 756 portLogShow Tx & Rx Header words 0,1,4 (R_CTL,D_ID,S_ID,OX_ID,RX_ID) and the first payload word. reject FC-PH reject reason. busy FC-PH busy reason. ctin Argument 0 is divided into two 16-bit fields: [A] a bit map indicating whether subsequent arguments are valid (0001 means argument 1 is valid, 0003 means arguments 1 and 2 are valid).
  • Page 757 portLogShow Offline Testing Faulty E_Port F_Port Segmented pstate Active State Link Reset: LR Transmit State Link Reset: LR Receive State Link Reset: LRR Receive State Link Failure: NOS Transmit State Link Failure: NOS Receive State Offline: OLS Transmit State Offline: OLS Receive State Offline: Wait for OLS State LIP reason 8001...
  • Page 758 portLogShow Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Operands This command has the following operands: count Specifies the maximum number of lines to display.
  • Page 759: Portlogshowport

    portLogShowPort portLogShowPort Displays the port log of a specified port with page breaks. Synopsis portlogshowport port_index Description Use this command to display the port log of a specified port with page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogDumpPort, except that portLogDumpPort does not prompt you to press Enter to display the next page.
  • Page 760: Portlogtypedisable

    portLogTypeDisable portLogTypeDisable Disables the port log of a specified type. Synopsis portlogtypedisable id Description Use this command to disable the port log for a specified port log type. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 761: Portlogtypeenable

    portLogTypeEnable portLogTypeEnable Enables the port log of a specified port log type. Synopsis portlogtypeenable id Description Use this command to enable the port log for a specified port log type. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 762: Portloopbacktest

    Checks whether the number of frames transmitted is not equal to the number of frames received. 8. Repeats Steps two through seven for all ports until one of the following conditions is met: a. The number of frames (or pass count) requested is reached.
  • Page 763 External (SERDES) loopback Internal (parallel) loopback 7 Backend bypass & port loopback 8 Backend bypass & SERDES loopback (supported only on a chassis) -spd_mode mode Specifies the speed mode for the test. This parameter controls the speed at which each port is operated.
  • Page 764 portLoopbackTest To run a functional test on a Brocade 8000: switch:admin> pceeportloopbacktest Running portloopbacktest ....PASSED. Diagnostics When it detects failures, the test may report one or more of the following error messages. If errors persist, contact Technical Support. DATA Data received does not match the data sent.
  • Page 765: Portmirror

    portMirror portMirror Adds, deletes, or displays port mirror connections. Synopsis portmirror portmirror --show portmirror --add [slot/]port SID DID portmirror --delete SID DID Description Use this command to add, delete, or display a mirror connection between two ports, a source and a destination port.
  • Page 766 portMirror State The state of the mirror connection. The state can either be "Defined" or "Enabled." In both cases, the port mirroring connection is persistently stored. A connection that is "Defined" has not been hardware-configured because at least one port is not online. A connection that is "Enabled" has been configured in the hardware.
  • Page 767 portMirror To verify that port mirroring is enabled on port 18: switch:admin> portcfgshow 18 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word: 0(Idle-Idle) AL_PA Offset 13: Trunk Port Long Distance VC Link Init Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port Locked E_Port ISL R_RDY Mode RSCN Suppressed Persistent Disable...
  • Page 768 portMirror To delete a port mirror connection between two local switch ports: switch:admin> portmirror --delete 0x640700 0x640c00 To add a port mirror connection between a local switch port and a remote switch port: switch:admin> portmirror --add 2/1 0x011400 0x240400 To delete a port mirror connection between a local switch port and a remote switch port: switch:admin>...
  • Page 769: Portname

    Assigns a name to a single port or to a range of ports identified by port index numbers, for example, -i 1/3-8 -n backup. You may specify multiple index ranges separated by a space, for example, -i 35-45 61-68 -n backup.
  • Page 770 \’, enter an exclamation mark as \!, or enter a pipe (|) as “|”. Displays the command usage. Examples To name a port tape drive 8: switch:admin> portname 1/3, "-n Tape drive 8" switch:admin> portname 1/3 Tape drive 8 To assign a name to a range of ports specified by port index numbers: switch:admin>...
  • Page 771: Portperfshow

    portPerfShow portPerfShow Displays port throughput performance. Synopsis portperfshow portperfshow [[slot/]port1[-[slot/]port2]] [-tx -rx | -tx | -rx] [-t interval]] portperfshow --help Description Use this command to display throughput information for all ports on a switch or chassis or to display the information for a specified port or port range. Output includes the number of bytes received and transmitted per interval.
  • Page 772 portPerfShow Examples To display performance information for all ports at a one second (default) interval: switch:user> portperfshow ================================================================================ 630.4m 630.4m 0 ================================================================================ 0 210.1m 840.5m 210.1m Total ============================================== 2.5g =============================================================================== 630.4m 0 0 630.4m =============================================================================== 0 210.1m 840.6m 210.1m Total =============================================== 2.5g ==============================================================================...
  • Page 773 portPerfShow =============================================================================== 0 210.1m 840.5m 210.1m 0 Total ============================================== 2.5g (output stopped) To display performance on a single port with at a 5 second interval: switch:user> portperfshow 0 -t 5 Total ================= 630.4m 630.4m Total ================= 630.3m 630.3m (output stopped) To display transmitter throughput for a single port at a 5 second interval: switch:user>...
  • Page 774: Portrouteshow

    The port number on the ASIC pair to which frames for the domain ID forward in bitmap hex format; for example, 0x0100 indicates port 8 on the ASIC pair. The arrangement of ports on an ASIC pair is specific to the system type. For any active port, this table contains at least one entry, which routes unicast frames destined to the embedded port (value 0x10000) of the local domain.
  • Page 775 portRouteShow Examples To display the routing tables for a port: switch:user> portrouteshow 4/15 port address ID: 0x02bf00 external unicast routing table: 1: 0x4 (vc=3) 2: 0x10000 (vc=0) internal unicast routing table: 60: 0x8000 (vc=2) 63: 0x1000 (vc=5) broadcast routing table: 0x10000 See Also bcastShow, fabricShow, switchShow, topologyShow, uRouteShow...
  • Page 776: Portshow

    portShow portShow Displays status and configuration parameters for ports and GbE ports. Synopsis portshow [slot/][ge]port portshow -i [index1[-index2] [...]] [-f] portshow option [slot/]ge_port [optional_args] portshow option [ all |ve_port] arguments [optional_arguments] portshow option [ all |ge_port] arguments [optional_arguments] Description Use this command to display general port status and specific configuration parameters for a specified port, GbE port, or VE_Port.
  • Page 777 portShow Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Some of the features supported by this command may require a license. In an AD context, if one of the L_Ports or NPIV ports is a part of the current AD, the complete device information attached to the port is shown in the output.
  • Page 778 Port part of other AD Yes or No. portSpeed The port's fixed speed (1, 2, 4, or 8 Gbps) or negotiated speed (N1 Gbps, N2 Gbps, N4 Gbps, N8 Gbps or AN). LE domain The LE domain ID.
  • Page 779 portShow BB XLate Information on the xlate (translate) phantom domain presented at this port. Includes the preferred (if not active) or actual (if active) domain ID for the xlate phantom domain and the WWN of the xlate phantom domain. The xlate phantom domain connected at this port is in the same fabric as the router and represents the edge fabric connected to the EX_Port.
  • Page 780 portShow Operands This command has the following port operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be displayed, followed by a slash (/). port Specifies the number of the port to be displayed, relative to its slot for bladed systems.
  • Page 781 Port Speed: 1G To view xlate domains, you must issue the command on a Brocade 7500/7500E or a chassis with an FR4-18i blade. Note that the Front Domain ID is what is shown: switch:admin> portshow 8/4 portName: portHealth: No Fabric Watch License...
  • Page 782 Suspended: Lr_out: Parity_err: Ols_in: 2_parity_err: Ols_out: CMI_bus_err: Port part of other ADs: No To display an FCoE port: switch:admin> portshow 8 portIndex: portName: portHealth: HEALTHY Authentication: None portDisableReason: None portCFlags: 0x1 portFlags: 0x2cb03 PRESENT ACTIVE F_PORT G_PORT U_PORT LOGICAL_ONLINE LOGIN NOELP LED NSREG ACCEPT FLOGI portType: 17.0...
  • Page 783 portShow Function Port display commands supported only on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 and on the Brocade 7500/7500E/FR4-18i platforms Synopsis portshow option [slot/]ge_port [optional_args] Description Use this command to display FCIP-related configuration parameters on the Brocade 7800/FX8-24 and on the Brocade 7500/7500E/FR4-18i platforms. The parameters displayed by this command are set with the portCfg command.
  • Page 784 portShow Perm Net Network-wide permanent entry. The same as the permanent entry except that no destination address was defined (defaults to 0.0.0.0), so traffic to all destinations is tagged. Application layer VLAN configuration defined at the circuit level. Examples To display the IP interface and static route configured on Brocade 7800: switch:admin>...
  • Page 785 portShow To display the ARP tables on the Brocade 7800: switch:admin> portshow arp ge0 Port: ge0 IP Address Mac Address Flags ------------------------------------------------------ 192.168.0.10 00:05:1e:c3:f0:1a Resolved 192.168.0.11 00:05:1e:c3:f0:1a Resolved 192.168.0.250 00:00:00:00:00:00 2000::10 00:05:1e:c3:f0:1a Resolved 2000::11 00:05:1e:c3:f0:1a Resolved 2000::1:250 00:00:00:00:00:00 switch:admin> portshow arp ge5 No Arp Entries found To show the ARP entries with local MAC address for a GbE port on the Brocade 7500: switch:admin>...
  • Page 786 portShow FICON configuration parameters IPSec status and key Circuits with the tunnel QoS statistics including performance for each priority FCIP Tunnel hierarchy listing circuit IDs and TCP connection information for the tunnel • portShow fcipcircuit - Displays status and configuration for FCIP circuits: TCP statistics for the circuit Circuit-level VLAN tagging configuration Circuit-level Differentiated Services (DSCP) markings...
  • Page 787 portShow xtun Displays FICON and FCP emulation statistics and current runtime conditions for a specified set of parameters. The following arguments are supported: -fcp Displays the SCSI FastWrite/Tape Pipelining command sub-menu when issued with a VE_Port number. The syntax for -fcp is as follows: portshow xtun [slot/]\ve_port -fcp [level] [command] [param] [options] The following optional operands are supported with -fcp to display FCP emulation statistics and status information:...
  • Page 788 portShow The following optional commands are supported with -ficon; if omitted, the usage for all parameters is displayed. -help Displays the command usage. You must specify a VE_Port number to display the help functions, for example: portshow xtun 7/12 -ficon -help -stats Displays FICON statistics.
  • Page 789 portShow TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:54:b0:ba Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:54:b1:12 Circuit Count: 4 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: On FICON XRC: Off FICON Tape Write: On FICON Tape Read: On FICON TinTir Emul: On FICON Dvc Acking: On FICON Read BLK-ID: Off Tape Write Pipe: 32 Tape Read Pipe: 32...
  • Page 790 Remote IP: 100.83.0.100 Local IP: 100.80.0.100 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 1000000 Max Comm Rt: 1000000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: 300 L2CoS: F: 7 H: 5 M:...
  • Page 791 Local IP: 100.80.0.103 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 1000000 Max Comm Rt: 1000000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN not Configured) DSCP: 0 H:...
  • Page 792 Local IP: 192.169.10.1 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 1000000 Max Comm Rt: 1000000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: 0 H:...
  • Page 793 portShow Congestion Window: 16778636 TCP Op State: unknown Next Seq: 0xde919bf7, Min: 0xde919bf7, Max: 0xde919bf7 Unacked data: 0 Retransmit Timeout: 230 ms, Duplicate ACKs 0 Retransmits: 0, max: 0 Fast ReTx: 0, HWM 0, Slow ReTx: 0 Receiver Statistics: Bytes Received: 8037732 Packets Received: 203258 Receive Window: 20968624 Bytes, max: 20971520 Negotiated Window Scale: 9...
  • Page 794 portShow To display IPSec parameters on an IPSec-enabled tunnel: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 17 -i ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID: 17 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Empty Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Enabled IPSec Key: '01234567890123456789012345678901' Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:c3:f0:16 Peer WWN: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00...
  • Page 795 portShow Bytes Out Avg: 26 Packets In: 7659 Packets In Avg: 0 Packets Out: 7659 Packets Out Avg: 0 Aggregate TCP Stats: TCP Bytes In: 16667040 TCP Bytes Out: 38472100 TCP Packets In: 544536 TCP Packets Out: 545523 Retransmits: 236 Longest RTT: 0 ms Out Of Sequence: 0 Slow Starts: 0...
  • Page 796 Remote IP: 192.168.2.20 Local IP: 192.168.2.10 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 100000 Max Comm Rt: 100000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: 300 L2CoS: F: 7 H: 5 M:...
  • Page 797 Local IP: 192.169.10.1 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 1000000 Max Comm Rt: 1000000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: 0 H:...
  • Page 798 Max Comm Rt: 1000000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: 0 H: 0 M: 0 L: Flags: 0x00000000 Flow Ctrl State: Off...
  • Page 799 portShow Connected Count: 0 Duration: 1 day, 2 hours, 47 minutes, 28 seconds 468 Output Bytes 0 Bps 30s Avg, 0 Bps Lifetime Avg 4 Output Packets 0 pkt/s 30s Avg, 0 pkt/s Lifetime Avg 212 Input Bytes 0 Bps 30s Avg, 0 Bps Lifetime Avg 1 Input Packets 0 pkt/s 30s Avg, 0 pkt/s Lifetime Avg TCP Stats:...
  • Page 800 portShow TotalEgressFrames 6131098914 TotalFCEgressFrames 1119802559 TotalCmds 994174108 TotalEmulDvcLvlAcks 5382 TotalEmulatedOps 393653297 MaxRetryQueueDepth 1201 MaxEgressQueueDepth 3249 TotalCUBusyResponses TotalCUEndResponses TotalEmulatedCUBusys TotalEmulCUEnd TotalSelectiveResets TotalChLinkBusy TotalCancels TotalAborts TotalEmulErrors TotalCuLinkBusy TotalPurgePaths Xport LRC CheckErrors= Generated Link Busys Failed Generate Frame= WIRE Buffer Percentages LocalFree= 95 LocalLow= 93 PeerFree= 95 PeerLow=93 XBAR Buffer Percentages LocalFree= 98 LocalLow= 97 PeerFree= 98 PeerLow=97 FICON Configuration Status: ----------------------------------------------------------------------...
  • Page 801 portShow Current Read Limited FDCB Count To display the FICON Device Path Blocks: switch:admin> portshow xtun 16 -ficon -fdpb FDPB (FICON Device Path Block - one per path) Count = 1 --------------------------------------------------------------- (0x) Side Path: FastP Emul Type Tag =========== ==== ================== ===== ==== ==== =========== 0410558000 0x1063016401****** Tape 0x14000034...
  • Page 802 portShow Function Commands supported only on the Brocade 7500/7500E and FR4-18i Synopsis portshow option [slot/]ge_port [all| tunnel_id ] [arguments] Description Use this command to display configuration parameters and status information for FCIP tunnels on the Brocade 7500/7500E switch and on the FR4-18i blade. The following display options are supported only on these platforms: •...
  • Page 803 portShow F Rtx H Fast retransmits high water mark Slow Rtx Slow retransmits InFlt H Packets in-flight high water mark SlowStarts Counter of slow starts Rtx TO Retransmit timeouts Rtx Rtx TO Counter of retransmit packets due to timeout Dup ACK Counter of duplicate ACKs Rtx Dup ACK Counter of retransmit packets due to duplicate ACK...
  • Page 804 Reached Max Pending Count of the number of times the pending frames queue was full. FCIP Smoothed RTT The WAN RTT perceived in FCIP smoothed over the last 8 samples. FCIP RTT Variance Variance in RTT perceived in FCIP. Operands...
  • Page 805 portShow -credits Displays FC data path credit data. -ipsec Displays IKE and IPSec policy information on IPSec-enabled tunnels. Security policies are configured with the portCfg command. -qosmap Displays the mapping table for VC to FCIP QoS. -bstr Displays FCIP TCP Byte Stream statistics on Byte Stream-enabled tunnels. -hist Displays the history of TCP connections.
  • Page 806 Tape Pipelining off Committed Rate 900000 Kbps (0.900000 Gbps) SACK on Min Retransmit Time 100 Keepalive Timeout 10 Max Retransmissions 8 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 0, DSCP Marking (Data): 0 VLAN Tagging Not Configured TCP Byte Streaming on...
  • Page 807 0 packets queued: TCP sequence# NXT(2454152682) 0 packets in-flight (HWM 4) Send.Unacknowledged(TCP sequence# 2454152682) recovery: retransmit timeout 500 ms, duplicate ACKs 0 retransmits 0 (max retransmits 8) loss recovery: fast retransmits 0 (HWM 0),retransmit timeouts 1 Receiver stats: advertised window 13498368 Bytes (max 13498368)
  • Page 808 portShow Remote IP Addr 10.62.0.100 Local IP Addr 10.10.9.100 Remote WWN Not Configured Local WWN 10:00:00:05:1e:39:d4:5a Compression on Fastwrite on Tape Pipelining on Uncommitted bandwidth, minimum of 1000 Kbps (0.001000 Gbps) SACK on Min Retransmit Time 100 Keepalive Timeout 90 Max Retransmissions 9 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 10, DSCP Marking (Data): 62...
  • Page 809 portShow To display the connection IPSec information on an FCIP tunnel on a GbE port: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 9/ge0 0 -ipsec Slot: 9 Port: ge0 ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID 0 Tunnel Description "This is a test Description of this tunnel" Remote IP Addr 10.62.0.100 Local IP Addr 10.10.9.100 Remote WWN Not Configured Local WWN 10:00:00:05:1e:39:d4:5a...
  • Page 810 Max Retransmissions 8 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 0, DSCP Marking (Data): 0 VLAN Tagging Not Configured TCP Byte Streaming on Status : Active Connected Count: 2 Uptime 6 minutes, 39 seconds TCP Connection History: ge1 +----------+-----+-----+-----+-----+----------+----------+----------+----------+...
  • Page 811 Tape Pipelining off Committed Rate 900000 Kbps (0.900000 Gbps) SACK on Min Retransmit Time 100 Keepalive Timeout 10 Max Retransmissions 8 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 0, DSCP Marking (Data): 0 VLAN Tagging Not Configured TCP Byte Streaming on...
  • Page 812 portShow Min Retransmit Time 100 Keepalive Timeout 90 Max Retransmissions 9 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 10, DSCP Marking (Data): 62 VLAN Tagging Id 1062, L2CoS (Control): 1, L2CoS (data): 0 TCP Byte Streaming on Status : Active Connected Count: 1 Uptime 2 hours, 14 minutes, 34 seconds QoS Runtime Credit Controls:...
  • Page 813 Tape Pipelining off Committed Rate 400000 Kbps (0.400000 Gbps) SACK on Min Retransmit Time 100 Keepalive Timeout 10 Max Retransmissions 8 VC QoS Mapping off DSCP Marking (Control): 0, DSCP Marking (Data): 0 VLAN Tagging Not Configured TCP Byte Streaming on...
  • Page 814 portShow FCIP RTT Variance = 1 ms FC control traffic TCP connection: Local 192.168.32.1:4129, Remote 192.168.32.2:3225 Data transfer TCP connection: Local 192.168.32.1:4130, Remote 192.168.32.2:3226 To display FICON EPCB for a GbE port 0 tunnel ID 1 with post display clearing of relevant statistics: switch:admin>...
  • Page 815: Portstats64Show

    portStats64Show portStats64Show Displays the 64-bit hardware statistics for a port. Synopsis portstats64show [slot/]port [-long] Description Use this command to display 64-bit hardware statistics for a specified port. When used without the -longoption, two integers are reported for most values, the lower and upper 32-bits are reported as two separate numbers.
  • Page 816 portStats64Show stat64_rateTxPeakByte Tx peak Byte rate (Bps). stat64_rateRxPeakByte Rx peak Byte rate (Bps). stat64_PRJTFrames Number of P_RJT frames transmitted. stat64_PBSYFrames Number of P_BSY transmitted. stat64_inputBuffersFull Number of occasions on which input buffers are full. stat64_rxClass1Frames Number of class 1 frames received. The following counters provided by SNMP are displayed with portStats64Show -long on switches running Fabric OS v6.4.0 or later: swConnUnitZeroTenancy, zero_tenancy...
  • Page 817 portStats64Show swConnUnittStatRxMulticastToObjects, stat_mc_to The number of multicast timeouts. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability"...
  • Page 818 portStats64Show bottom_int : Frames with bad end-of-frame er64_enc_out top_int : Encoding error outside of frames 9131157 bottom_int : Encoding error outside of frames er64_disc_c3 top_int : Class 3 frames discarded bottom_int : Class 3 frames discarded stat64_rateTxFrame Tx frame rate (fr/sec) stat64_rateRxFrame Rx frame rate (fr/sec) stat64_rateTxPeakFrame...
  • Page 819: Portstatsclear

    Ignores nonexisting ports. This operand is valid only with the -i option. -slot [slot1[-slot2] Clears all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10. Displays the command usage. Examples To clear hardware statistics for a single port specified by its port number: switch:admin>...
  • Page 820 portStatsClear To clear hardware statistics for multiple port ranges specified by their index numbers: switch:admin> portstatsclear -i 32-40 50-56 To clear hardware statistics for all ports on slots 3-5: switch:admin> portstatsclear -s 3-5 To clear hardware statistics for all ports on slots 3-5 and 7-10: switch:admin>...
  • Page 821: Portstatsshow

    This parameter is sampled at intervals of 1.8 µs (microseconds), and the counter is incremented by 1 if the condition is true.
  • Page 822 portStatsShow tim_txcrd_z The number of times that the port was unable to transmit frames because the transmit BB credit was zero. The purpose of this statistic is to detect congestion or a device affected by latency. This parameter is sampled at intervals of 2.5 µs (microseconds), and the counter is incremented if the condition is true.
  • Page 823 portStatsShow open The number of times the FL_Port entered OPEN state. transfer The number of times the FL_Port entered TRANSFER state. opened The number of times the FL_Port entered OPENED state. starve_stop The number of loop tenancies stopped due to starvation. fl_tenancy The number of times the FL_Port had a loop tenancy.
  • Page 824 Displays statistics for all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10. Displays the GbE port statistics. Displays all GbE port statistics related to IP addresses that are not zero. This operand is not supported on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24 platforms.
  • Page 825 To display the basic set of stattistics using slot numbers: switch:admin> portstatsshow -s 3-5 switch:admin> portstatsshow -s 3-5 10-13 To display GbE port statistics for GbE1 on the Brocade 7800: switch:admin> portstatsshow ge 8/ge1 ge_stat_tx_frms 1523916 GE transmitted frames ge_stat_tx_octets...
  • Page 826 To display port statistics for all IP addresses, slot 8, and GbE1 on the Brocade FR4-18i: switch:admin> portstatsshow ip 8/ge1 ip_err_crc IP CRC Errors ip_err_hdr_cksum...
  • Page 827: Portswap

    Specifies the number of the second port whose port address is to be swapped, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Examples To swap area numbers between a pair of ports: switch:admin> portswap 8/1 8/2 portswap done switch:admin> portswapshow PortSwap is enabled...
  • Page 828: Portswapdisable

    portSwapDisable portSwapDisable Disables the PortSwap feature. Synopsis portswapdisable Description Use this command to disable the PortSwap feature. The portSwap command cannot be used after this feature is disabled. The disabled state of the PortSwap feature is persistent across reboots and power cycles. Enabling or disabling the PortSwap feature does not affect previously performed PortSwap operations.
  • Page 829: Portswapenable

    portSwapEnable portSwapEnable Enables the PortSwap feature. Synopsis portswapenable Description Use this command to enable the PortSwap feature. The portSwap command cannot be used unless the feature is first enabled with this command. The enabled state of the PortSwap feature is persistent across reboots and power cycles. Enabling or disabling the PortSwap feature does not affect previously performed PortSwap operations.
  • Page 830: Portswapshow

    portSwapShow portSwapShow Displays the state of the PortSwap feature. Synopsis portswapshow Description Use this command to display the state of the PortSwap feature and information about swapped ports. If portSwap is enabled and ports have been swapped, the command displays the enabled status as well as the swapped ports and the new port address (the 24-bit PID) for these ports.
  • Page 831: Porttest

    portTest portTest Performs a functional test of a switch in a live fabric. Synopsis porttest [-ports itemlist][-iteration count][-userdelay time][-timeout time][-pattern pattern] [-patsize size][-seed seed][-listtype porttype] Description Use this command to isolate problems in a single replaceable element and to trace problems to near-end terminal equipment, far-end terminal equipment, or the transmission line.
  • Page 832 portTest Use the portTestShow command to view the current status of portTest. Refer to the portTestShow help page for more information. If there is a port type change during portTest execution, the test continues on a given port as long as it can be supported and it is asked to do so.
  • Page 833: Porttestshow

    portTestShow portTestShow Displays information from portTest. Synopsis porttestshow [-ports itemlist] Description Use this command to display a snapshot of information from portTest. The command output displays statistical data about past test runs and values for parameters that were set when the test was run.
  • Page 834 portTestShow Examples To display information from portTest: switch:admin> porttestshow 1 Port 1 : PASS PortType: OTHER PortState: NO TEST PortInternalState: INIT PortTypeToTest: NO_TEST Pattern: 0x0 Seed: 0x0 UserDelay: 0 TotalIteration: 0 CurrentIteration: 0 TotalFail: 0 ConsecutiveFail: 0 StartTime: NONE StopTime: NONE Timeout: 0 ErrorCode: 0...
  • Page 835: Portthconfig

    Class 3 frames may be discarded on a port because of timeout, destination unreachable, or other reasons. This command only monitors Class 3 frames that are discarded because of timeout, and is applicable only to Brocade 8 G platforms. The portThConfig follows a transaction model. When you configure thresholds and actions with the --set option, the changes are saved persistently to nonvolatile storage, but the changes do not become effective until you execute portThconfig --apply.
  • Page 836 portThConfig For more information on port threshold configuration procedures, including default values for specific area high/low thresholds, refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator’s Guide. Execution of this command requires a Fabric Watch License. Operands This command has the following operands: port_type Specifies the port type for which to configure or display Fabric Watch settings.
  • Page 837 portThConfig Configures the Fabric Watch thresholds for monitoring a specified area for all --set ports of a specified port type. When configuring a threshold, you must specify a port type and area. The following operands are optional and valid only with the --set option.
  • Page 838 portThConfig Cancels a nonpersistent custom configuration. This command effectively --cancel undoes the -nosave operation without reboot. You must specify a port type and area type with this command. Thresholds and alarm levels are optional with this command; if omitted, all nonpersistent configurations for the specified port type and area type are canceled.
  • Page 839 portThConfig To cancel the custom settings that have previously been saved nonpersistently: switch:admin> portthconfig --cancel ve-port -area util -action_level cust -thresh_level cust To display the port threshold configuration for all port types and areas: switch:admin> portthconfig --show PortType: E-port Area : CRC ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def...
  • Page 840 portThConfig Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Default: TimeBase: Minute Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Buffer: Custom: Value : 100 Default: Value : 100 Port persistence time = 18s Area : LR ThLevel : Def...
  • Page 841 portThConfig Trigger : Below Action: None Low: Custom: TimeBase: Minute Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Default: TimeBase: Minute Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Buffer: Custom: Value : 100 Default: Value : 100...
  • Page 842 portThConfig E-port |000005|n/a |0 |InRange E-port |000007|n/a |0 |InRange E-port |000032|n/a |0 |InRange E-port |000038|n/a |0 |InRange FOP-port|CRC |000019|n/a |0 To display current values for CRC errors for all port types and areas: Switch:admin> portthConfig --show -area CRC -current PortType|Area |PortNo|C# |Value |State...
  • Page 843: Porttrunkarea

    portTrunkArea portTrunkArea Assigns or removes a trunk area (TA) from a port or port trunk group; displays masterless F_Port trunking configuration. Synopsis porttrunkarea --enable [slot/]port1[-port2] -index port_index porttrunkarea --disable [slot/]port1[-port2] porttrunkarea --disable all porttrunkarea --show disabled | enabled | trunk | all porttrunkarea --show slot/port1[-port2] Description Use this command to assign a static trunk area (TA) on a port or port trunk group, to remove a TA...
  • Page 844 8. F_Port trunking is only supported in CORE PID formats. 9. Certain port configuration features are not supported within a TA and the command fails if one of these features is enabled on a port within the trunk group.
  • Page 845 - 15. Port ranges on Condor, Condor2 and Golden-Eye2 platforms should fall in the octet (8 port) trunk range starting from port 0 on a switch or blade. On Golden-Eye platforms, the port range should fall in the quad (4 port) trunk range.
  • Page 846 portTrunkArea trunk Displays configuration details for the port trunk group, including user port, neighboring user port, and master port properties. enabled Displays configuration details for all ports included in a user assigned TA (all ports on which masterless F_Port trunking is enabled). disabled Displays configuration details for all ports not included in a user assigned TA (all portson which masterless F_Port trunking is notenabled).
  • Page 847 To display trunk details for a user assigned TA 25 that includes ports 24-25: switch:admin> porttrunkarea --show trunk Trunk Index 25->0 8.000G bw: 16.000G deskew 15 MASTER Tx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.63Gbps (11.84%) Rx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.62Gbps (11.76%) Tx+Rx: Bandwidth 32.00Gbps, Throughput 3.24Gbps (11.80%) 24->1...
  • Page 848: Portzoneshow

    portZoneShow portZoneShow Displays the enforced zone type of the F_Ports and FL_Ports of a switch. Synopsis portzoneshow Description Use this command to display the enforced zone type of the F_Ports and FL_Ports of a switch. Output shows virtual port number (decimal), physical port number (decimal), online status, and if online, port type.
  • Page 849: Powerofflistset

    powerOffListSet powerOffListSet Sets the order in which slots are powered off. Synopsis powerofflistset Description Use this command to Modify the order in which slots are powered off. This command displays the current order, and then prompts you interactively to confirm or modify the power-off position for each slot.
  • Page 850 2nd slot to be powered off: (2..10) [9] 2 3rd slot to be powered off: (3..10) [8] 3 4th slot to be powered off: (4..10) [7] 4 5th slot to be powered off: (7..10) [7] 10 6th slot to be powered off: (7..9) [8] 9 7th slot to be powered off: (7..8) [8] 8...
  • Page 851: Powerofflistshow

    To display the slot power off list order: switch:admin> powerofflistshow Slot 10 will be powered off 1st Slot 9 will be powered off 2nd Slot 8 will be powered off 3rd Slot 7 will be powered off 4th Slot 6 will be powered off 5th Slot...
  • Page 852: Psshow

    psShow psShow Displays power supply status. Synopsis psshow Description Use this command to display the current status of the switch power supplies. The status of each supply is displayed as: Power supply functioning correctly. absent Power supply not present. unknown Unknown power supply unit installed.
  • Page 853: Reboot

    reBoot reBoot Reboots the control processor (CP). Synopsis reboot [-f] Description Use this command to perform a “cold reboot” (power off/restart) of the control processor. This operation may be disruptive, and the command prompts for confirmation before executing. When you reboot a switch connected to a fabric, all traffic to and from that switch stops. All Fibre Channel ports on that switch including E_Ports become inactive until the switch comes back online.
  • Page 854 reBoot To reboot a CP on a DCX when HA is enabled: switch:admin> reboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. Are you sure you want to reboot the active CP [y/n]? y Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Sun Feb 28 19:49:45 2010...
  • Page 855: Routehelp

    routeHelp routeHelp Displays a list of FSPF-related commands. Synopsis routehelp Description Use this command to display a list of fabric-shortest-path-first (FSPF)-related commands. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability"...
  • Page 856: Secactivesize

    With up to eight partitions, the total database size on a chassis can be up to 8 megabytes. On switches that are not Virtual Fabric-capable, the security database is limited to 1 megabyte. For switches running earlier versions of Fabric OS (up to v5.3.0), the maximum size is 256 Kilobytes.
  • Page 857: Secauthcertificate

    secAuthCertificate secAuthCertificate Configures FCAP certificate for authentication with peer switches Synopsis secauthcertificate --show secauthcertificate --set [-wwn wwn | -did domain_id |-all] [ -usecert brcd | thirdparty] secauthcertificate --remove [-wwn wwn | -did domain_id |-all] secauthcertificate --help Description Use this command to manage certificates for FCAP authentication on a switch. FCAP requires the exchange of certificates between two or more switches to authenticate each other before they are allowed to join fabric.
  • Page 858 secAuthCertificate Examples To add a peer switch to the database and specify that third party certificates be used: switch:admin> secauthcertificate --set -wwn 10:00:00:05:1e:41:4b:35 -usecert brcd Peer switch with WWN 10:00:00:05:1e:41:4b:35 added. To display the certificate database entry: switch:admin> secauthcertificate --show Certificate ----------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:41:4b:35...
  • Page 859: Secauthsecret

    --set This command sets up secret keys for the DH-CHAP authentication. The minimum length of a secret key is 8 characters and maximum 40 characters. Setting up secret keys does not initiate DH-CHAP authentication. If switch is configured to do DH-CHAP, it is performed whenever a port or a switch is enabled.
  • Page 860 secAuthSecret 1. WWN for which secret is being set up. 2. Peer secret: The secret of the peer that authenticates to peer. 3. Local secret: The local secret that authenticates peer. Press Enter to start setting up shared secrets > Enter WWN, Domain, or switch name (Leave blank when done): 10:00:00:60:69:80:05:14 Enter peer secret:...
  • Page 861: Seccertutil

    secCertUtil secCertUtil Manages certificates on a switch. Synopsis seccertutil seccertutil genkey [-nowarn] [-keysize 1024 | 2048] seccertutil delkey [-nowarn][-all] seccertutil gencsr [-country country code] [-state state] [-locality locality] [ -org organization] [-orgunit organization unit] [-cn common name] seccertutil delcsr [-nowarn] seccertutil showcsr seccertutil generate [-fcapall] [-keysize 1024 | 2048] seccertutil delete [-ldapcacert file name ]| [-fcapcacert] | [-fcapswcert] | [-fcapall] [-nowarn]...
  • Page 862 secCertUtil Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Operands This command has the following operands: genkey Generates a public/private key pair.
  • Page 863 secCertUtil showcsr Displays the content of the CSR on the switch without page breaks. Use the pipe operator followed by the “more” option to display the content one page at a time. delcsr [-nowarn] Deletes CSR. This command prompts for confirmation before deleting the CSR unless -nowarn is specified.
  • Page 864 secCertUtil -login login name Specifies the login name for the server. -password password Specifies the password for the user account. When using SCP, for security reasons, do not enter a password on the command line. Use the interactive version instead. import Imports a certificate.
  • Page 865 secCertUtil Examples To generate a public/private key pair in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil genkey Generating a new key pair will automatically do the following: 1. Delete all existing CSRs. 2. Delete all existing certificates. 3. Reset the certificate filename to none. 4.
  • Page 866 secCertUtil Enter Login Name: mylogin Enter Password: password Success: imported certificate [ldap.cert]. To import an LDAP certificate from a remote host to the local switch in noninteractive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil import -ldapcacert -protocol ftp -ipaddr 195.168.38.206 \ -remotedir /users/home/remote_certs -certname ldap.cer -login abcd -passwd passwd Success: imported certificate [ldap.cert].
  • Page 867 secCertUtil To export an LDAP CA certificate from the local switch to a remote host in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil export -ldapcacert Select protocol [ftp or scp]: scp Enter IP address: 192.168.38.206 Enter remote directory: /users/home/remote/mycerts Enter Login Name: username Enter LDAP certificate name (must have ".pem"...
  • Page 868 secCertUtil To generate FCAP PKI objects: switch:admin> seccertutil generate -fcapall -keysize 1024 Generating a new key pair will automatically do the following: 1. Delete all existing CSRs. 2. Delete existing switch certificate. 3. Reset the certificate filename to none. Continue (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Installing Private Key and Csr...
  • Page 869: Secdefinesize

    Megabyte per logical switch. With up to eight partitions, the total database size on a chassis can be up to 8 Megabytes. On switches that are not Virtual Fabric-capable, the security database is limited to 1 Megabyte. For switches running earlier versions of Fabric OS (up to v5.3.0), the maximum size is 256 Kilobytes.
  • Page 870: Secglobalshow

    secGlobalShow secGlobalShow Displays the current internal security state information. Synopsis secglobalshow Description Use this command to display security server-specific information as a snapshot of its current state. The output may include information about the following: • General security parameters • The latest zone transaction •...
  • Page 871 secGlobalShow Security Defined DataSize 35 bytes Define Sum 215b Zone Size (include enabled configuration) 312 bytes Zone sum e04b215b sec_db: free primaryDLPhase 0 ----wwnDL State----- usec --------- LOG CACHE --------- 14:08:50 813905136 secipadm_ipchange receives notification 14:08:50 850588912 secProcessIPChange starts processing 14:08:50 850588912 secProcessIPChange acks completion [Output truncated] See Also...
  • Page 872: Sechelp

    secHelp secHelp Displays information about security commands. Synopsis sechelp Description Use this command to display a list of security commands with a brief description of the commands. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 873: Secpolicyabort

    secPolicyAbort secPolicyAbort Aborts all unsaved changes to the defined database. Synopsis secpolicyabort Description Use this command to abort all changes to the defined security database that have not been saved to flash memory and to abort changes to policy creation and modification operations from all the switches if a fabric-wide consistency policy is not set for the particular policy.
  • Page 874: Secpolicyactivate

    secPolicyActivate secPolicyActivate Saves and activates the Defined Security Policy Set. Synopsis secpolicyactivate Description Use this command to activate the current defined security policy to all switches in the fabric. This activates the policy set on the local switch or all switches in the fabric depending on the fabric-wide consistency policy.
  • Page 875: Secpolicyadd

    secPolicyAdd secPolicyAdd Adds members to an existing security policy. Synopsis secpolicyadd “name”, “member[;member...]” Description Use this command to add one or more members to an existing access policy. Each policy corresponds to a management method. The list of members of a policy acts as an access control list for that management method.
  • Page 876 secPolicyAdd “member” Specify a list of one or more member switches to be included in the security policy. The list must be enclosed in quotation marks; members must be separated by semicolons. Depending on the policy type, members are specified as follows. FCS_POLICY or SCC_POLICY Members This policy type requires member IDs to be specified as WWN strings, Domains, or switch names.
  • Page 877: Secpolicycreate

    secPolicyCreate secPolicyCreate Creates a new security policy. Synopsis secpolicycreate "name" [, "member[;member...]"] Description Use this command to create a new policy and to edit Switch Connection Control (SCC), Device Connection Control (DCC), and Fabric Configuration Server (FCS) policies on the local switch. All policies can be created only once, except for the DCC_POLICY_nnn.
  • Page 878 secPolicyCreate The DCC_POLICY_nnn name has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user-defined characters. These characters do not have to be capitalized like regular policy names. Valid values for DCC_POLICY_nnn are user-defined alphanumeric or underscore characters. The maximum length is 30 characters, including the prefix DCC_POLICY_.
  • Page 879 secPolicyCreate Examples To create an FCS policy: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicycreate "FCS_POLICY", "3; 4" FCS_POLICY has been created. While creating the FCS policy, the local switch WWN is automatically included in the list. Switches included in the FCS list are FCS switches and the remaining switches in the fabric are non-FCS switches.
  • Page 880: Secpolicydelete

    secPolicyDelete secPolicyDelete Deletes an existing security policy. Synopsis secpolicydelete name Description Use this command to delete an existing security policy from the defined security database. Run secPolicyActivate to delete the policies from the active security policy list. Deleting a security policy does not cause any traffic disruption.
  • Page 881 secPolicyDelete To delete all stale DCC policies in the fabric: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicydelete ALL_STALE_DCC_POLICY About to clear all STALE DCC policies (yes, y, no, n): [no] y ARE YOU SURE See Also secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyCreate, secPolicyDump, secPolicyRemove, secPolicySave, secPolicyShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 882: Secpolicydump

    secPolicyDump secPolicyDump Displays the members of one or all existing security policies. Synopsis secpolicydump [“listtype”][, “name”] Description Use this command to display, without page breaks, the members of an existing policy in the active and defined (saved) databases. When issued without operands, this command displays the members of all security policies.
  • Page 883 secPolicyDump To display all security policies in the active database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "active" ____________________________________________________ ACTIVE POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Primary WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown SCC_POLICY DId swName -------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown DCC_POLICY_h1 Type DId swName --------------------------------------------------...
  • Page 884 secPolicyDump To display the FCS policies in the defined database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "Defined","FCS_POLICY" ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Primary WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown To display the SCC policies in the defined database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "Defined","SCC_POLICY" ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET SCC_POLICY...
  • Page 885: Secpolicyfcsmove

    secPolicyFCSMove secPolicyFCSMove Moves a member in the FCS policy. Synopsis secpolicyfcsmove [from, to] Description Use this command to move an FCS member from one position to another position in the FCS list. Only one FCS can be moved at a time. The first FCS switch in the list that is also present in the fabric is the Primary FCS.
  • Page 886 secPolicyFCSMove switch:admin> secpolicyfcsmove 3,1 ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Primary WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:35:cd:ef 200 switch3 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 2 switch1 10:00:00:05:1e:04:ef:0e 4 switch2 switch:admin> secpolicyactivate About to overwrite the current Active Policy Set. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y secpolicyactivate command was completed successfully.
  • Page 887: Secpolicyremove

    secPolicyRemove secPolicyRemove Removes members from an existing security policy. Synopsis secpolicyremove “name” , “member[;member...]” Description Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing security policy. It is not possible to remove all members from the FCS_POLICY; the local switch WWN cannot be deleted from the FCS policy.
  • Page 888 secPolicyRemove parameter can be specified by port number separated by commas, and enclosed in either brackets or parentheses: for example, (2, 4, 6). Ports enclosed in brackets include the devices currently attached to those ports. The following examples illustrate several ways to specify the port values: (1-6) Selects ports 1 through 6.
  • Page 889: Secpolicysave

    secPolicySave secPolicySave Saves a defined security policy to persistent memory. Synopsis secpolicysave Description Use this command to save a defined security policy to persistent memory. Secpolicysave saves the modified SCC, DCC, and FCS policies to the Defined Security Policy Set on the local switch. Notes This command is always a local switch operation.
  • Page 890: Secpolicyshow

    secPolicyShow secPolicyShow Displays an existing security policy including the FCS policy. Synopsis secpolicyshow [“policy_set”[“, name”]] Description Use this command to display the members of an existing policy in the Active or Defined security policy set. The command can be issued from all FCS switches. This command displays the policy database one page at a time.
  • Page 891 secPolicyShow To display all security policies from defined databases: switch:admin> secpolicyshow "defined" ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Primary WWN DId swName _____________________________________________________ 10:00:00:60:69:30:15:5c 1 primaryfcs 10:00:00:60:69:30:1e:62 4 switch _________________________________________________________ See Also fddCfg, secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyCreate, secPolicyDelete, secPolicyDump, secPolicyRemove, secPolicySave Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 892: Secstatsreset

    secStatsReset secStatsReset Resets one or all security statistics to 0. Synopsis secstatsreset [name][,” domain[;domain]”] Description Use this command to reset one or all security statistics to 0. This command can be issued on any switch to reset the security statistics on the local switch or chassis. If an FCS policy is enabled and secStatsReset is issued on the primary FCS switch, this command can reset security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric.
  • Page 893 secStatsReset To access DCC policies, enter DCC_POLICY. Violations are not tracked for individual DCC policies. The statistics for all DCC_POLICY violations are grouped together. domain(s) Specify a list of domain IDs on which to reset the security statistics. Specify an asterisk (*) to represent all switches in the fabric or specify a list of domains, separated by semicolons and enclosed in quotation marks.
  • Page 894: Secstatsshow

    secStatsShow secStatsShow Displays one or all security statistics. Synopsis secstatsshow [name[, “domain[;domain]”]] Description Use this command to display one or all security statistics. This command can be issued on any switch to display local security statistics. If an FCS policy is enabled and secStatsShow is issued on the primary FCS switch, this command can retrieve and display the security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric.
  • Page 895 secStatsShow ILLEGAL_CMD To access DCC policies, enter DCC_POLICY. Violations are not tracked for individual DCC policies. The statistics for all DCC_POLICY violations are grouped together. domain Specify one or more domains for which to display the security statistics. Specify an asterisk (*) in quotation marks to represent all switches in the fabric or specify a list of domains separated by semicolons.
  • Page 896: Sensorshow

    6: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 27 C sensor 7: (Fan ) is Ok, speed is 2537 RPM sensor 8: (Fan ) is Ok, speed is 2537 RPM sensor 9: (Fan ) is Ok, speed is 2556 RPM sensor 10: (Power Supply ) is Ok...
  • Page 897: Setcontext

    setContext setContext Sets the logical switch context to a specified FID. Synopsis setcontext FID Description Use this command to set the logical switch context to a specified fabric ID (FID). The FID uniquely defines a partition as a logical switch. Use lscfg --show -cfg to display currently configured partitions and their FIDs.
  • Page 898: Setdbg

    setDbg setDbg Sets the debug level of the specified module. Synopsis setdbg [module_name][level] Description Use this command to set the debug level of a specified module. Debug levels filter the display of debug messages to the serial console. By default, no debug messages are displayed. High debug level values can generate a large volume of messages, degrading the system response time.
  • Page 899: Setverbose

    setVerbose setVerbose Specifies module verbose level. Synopsis setverbose [module_name][level] Description Use this command to set the verbose level of the specified module. These levels filter the display of the debug message to the serial console. By default, no debug messages are displayed. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 900: Sfpshow

    sfpShow sfpShow Displays Small Form-factor Pluggable SFP information. Synopsis sfpshow sfpshow [slot/]geport [ -f] sfpshow -all Description Use this command to display information about Serial Identification SFPs (also known as module definition "4" SFPs). These SFPs provide extended information that describes the SFP’s capabilities, interfaces, manufacturer, and other information.
  • Page 901 Serial No: 53P14760099VM Speed: 100,200_MB/s Slot 1/Port 6: -- Slot 1/Port 7: -- Slot 1/Port 8: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UAJ10733CVGZYJN Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s Slot 1/Port 9: -- Slot 1/Port 10: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UAJ10732CVGZZGB Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s...
  • Page 902 To display mini-SFPs on a DCX-4S with a FC8-64 blade: switch:user> setcontext 52 switch:user> sfpshow Slot 8/Port 60: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UYA109291003972 Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s Slot 8/Port 61: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UYA109301011012 Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s...
  • Page 903 sfpShow Length 9u: (units 100 meters) Length 50u: (units 10 meters) Length 62.5u:0 (units 10 meters) Length Cu: (units 1 meter) Vendor Name: BROCADE Vendor OUI: 00:05:1e Vendor PN: 57-1000042-01 Vendor Rev: Wavelength: (units nm) Options: 0010 Tx_Disable BR Max: BR Min: Serial No: CZA109302000053...
  • Page 904 sfpShow Length Cu: (units 1 meter) Vendor Name: IBM Vendor OUI: 08:00:5a Vendor PN: IBM42P21SNY Vendor Rev: AA10 Wavelength: (units nm) Options: 001a Loss_of_Sig,Tx_Fault,Tx_Disable BR Max: BR Min: Serial No: 21P7053164529 Date Code: 01060501 DD Type: Enh Options: 0x0 ============= Port ============= Identifier:...
  • Page 905: Shellflowcontroldisable

    shellFlowControlDisable shellFlowControlDisable Disables XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. Synopsis shellflowcontroldisable Description Use this command to disable XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. Flow control is disabled by default. Because this command changes the flow control on the console serial port, it must be executed from a session that is logged in from the console serial port.
  • Page 906: Shellflowcontrolenable

    shellFlowControlEnable shellFlowControlEnable Enables XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. Synopsis shellflowcontrolenable Description Use this command to enable XON/XOFF flow control to the shell task. Flow control is disabled by default. Because this command changes the flow control on the console serial port, it must be executed from a session that is logged in from the console serial port.
  • Page 907: Slotpoweroff

    slotPowerOff slotPowerOff Removes power from a slot. Synopsis slotpoweroff slot Description Use this command to turn off the power to a blade unit. The slot must have a valid blade unit present and the blade unit must be of a type that can be powered off. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 908: Slotpoweron

    slotPowerOn slotPowerOn Restores power to a slot. Synopsis slotpoweron slot Description Use this command to turn on the power to a blade unit. The slot must have a valid blade unit present and the blade unit must be currently powered off. The slotShow command reports such slots as being in the state of INSERTED, NOT POWERED ON.
  • Page 909: Slotshow

    FR4-18i port blade FC4-16IP port blade FA4 -18 port blade FC4-48 port blade FC10-6 port blade FS8-18 encryption blade CR4S-8 core blade CP8 control processor blade Core8 switch blade FC8-16 port blade FC8-32 port blade FC8-48 port blade FC8-32 port blade...
  • Page 910 slotShow Status Displays the status of the blade as one of the following: VACANT The slot is empty. INSERTED, NOT POWERED ON The blade is present in the slot but is turned off. POWERING UP The blade is present and powering on. LOADING The blade is present, powered on, and loading the initial configuration.
  • Page 911 slotShow Examples To display a basic view of all slots and their status: switch:user> slotshow Slot Blade Type Status ----------------------------------- SW BLADE FAULTY (21) SW BLADE DISABLED SW BLADE ENABLED SW BLADE DIAG RUNNING POST2 CORE BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED...
  • Page 912 To display Brocade model names for each blade in a Brocade DCX-4S: switch:user> slotshow -m Slot Blade Type Model Name Status -------------------------------------------------- AP BLADE FS8-18 ENABLED SW BLADE FC8-48 ENABLED CORE BLADE CR4S-8 ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED CORE BLADE CR4S-8 ENABLED SW BLADE FC8-16 ENABLED SW BLADE FC8-64...
  • Page 913: Snmpconfig

    snmpConfig snmpConfig Manages the SNMP agent configuration. Synopsis snmpConfig --show | --set | --default [snmpv1 | snmpv3 | accessControl | mibCapability | systemGroup | seclevel] snmpConfig --set mibCapability [-mib_name mib_name [ -bitmask bit_mask]] snmpConfig --enable |--disable mibCapability --mib_name mib_name [-trap_name trap_name] snmpConfig --help Description Use this command to manage the configuration of the SNMP agent in the switch.
  • Page 914 snmpConfig --show, --set, and --default support the following arguments: snmpv1 Selects SNMPv1-related configuration parameters. These parameters include the community string, trap recipient IP address, and trap severity level associated with each trap recipient IP address. When "0" is configured as a trap port, traps can be received at the default port 162.
  • Page 915 snmpConfig For an SNMP management station to receive a trap generated by the agent, the administrator must configure a trap recipient to correspond to the IP address of the management station. In addition, the trap recipient must be able to pass the access control list (ACL) check as described in the Access Control category.
  • Page 916 snmpConfig When new passwords are entered for any user entry, a new authKey and privKey are generated. The new passwords must be updated on the client (e.g., MIB browser) as well. AuthKey and privKey can also be updated with the delta key mechanism provided by the SNMPv3 protocol. The system prompts for password confirmation if a protocol other than NoAuth/NoPriv is selected.
  • Page 917 snmpConfig -mib_name mib_name Specifies the name of the MIB to be configured. This operand is required if you want to configure MIB traps noninteractively. Valid MIB names include the following. • FE-MIB • SW-MIB • FA-MIB • FICON-MIB • HA-MIB •...
  • Page 918 snmpConfig TABLE 25 SNMP Trap bit mask values Trap Name Bit mask Default connUnitSensorStatusChange (5) 0x20 Enabled connUnitPortStatusChange (6) 0x40 Enabled FICON-MIB (FICON events) Enabled linkRNIDDeviceRegistration (1) Enabled linkRNIDDevicedeRegistration (2) Enabled linkLIRRListenerAdded (3) Enabled linkLIRRListenerRemoved (4) 0x10 Enabled linkRLIRFailureIncident (5) 0x20 Enabled HA-MIB...
  • Page 919 To set the SNMPv1 configuration of a switch: switch:admin> snmpConfig --set snmpv1 SNMP community and trap recipient configuration: Community (rw): [Secret C0de] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] 1080::8:800:200C:1234 Community (rw): [OrigEquipMfr] string size must be between 2 and 16 - please re-enter Community (rw): [OrigEquipMfr] Trap Recipient's IP address: [1080::8:800:200C:1230] 10.32.147.113...
  • Page 920 snmpConfig Community (ro): [public] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] Community (ro): [common] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] Community (ro): [FibreChannel] Trap Recipient's IP address: [0.0.0.0] To set the access control configuration: switch:admin> snmpconfig --set accessControl SNMP access list configuration: Access host subnet area in dot notation: [0.0.0.0] 192.168.0.0 Read/Write? (true, t, false, f): [true] Access host subnet area in dot notation: [0.0.0.0] 10.32.148.0 Read/Write? (true, t, false, f): [true] f...
  • Page 921 snmpConfig swIPv6ChangeTrap: NO swPmgrEventTrap: NO swFabricReconfigTrap: NO swFabricSegmentTrap: NO swExtTrap: NO [...] To enable the SW-MIB MIB only without changing the current trap configuration: switch:admin> snmpconfig --enable mibCapability -mib_name SW-MIB Operation succeeded switch:admin> snmpconfig --show mibCapability [...] SW-TRAP: YES swFault: NO swSensorScn: NO swFCPortScn: NO swEventTrap: YES...
  • Page 922 snmpConfig To display the configuration for all MIBs and associated traps: switch:admin> snmpconfig --show mibCapability FE-MIB: YES SW-MIB: YES FA-MIB: YES FICON-MIB: YES HA-MIB: YES FCIP-MIB: YES ISCSI-MIB: YES IF-MIB: YES BD-MIB: YES SW-TRAP: NO swFault: NO swSensorScn: NO swFCPortScn: NO swEventTrap: NO DesiredSeverity:None swFabricWatchTrap: NO...
  • Page 923 snmpConfig To restore the systemGroup configuration to default values: switch:admin> snmpconfig --default systemGroup ***** This command will reset the agent's system group configuration back to factory default ***** sysDescr = Fibre Channel Switch sysLocation = End User Premise sysContact = Field Support authTraps = 0 (OFF) ***** Are you sure? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y...
  • Page 924 snmpConfig Trap Entry 1: No trap recipient configured yet Trap Entry 2: 10.35.52.34 Trap Port: 162 Trap User: snmpadmin2 Trap recipient Severity level: 5 Trap Entry 3: No trap recipient configured yet Trap Entry 4: No trap recipient configured yet Trap Entry 5: No trap recipient configured yet Trap Entry 6:...
  • Page 925 snmpConfig See Also none References Refer to the following publications for further information on SNMP: Fabric OS MIB Reference SW_v5_x.mib, “Switch Management Information & Switch Enterprise Specific Trap” RFC1157, “A Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv1)” RFC1213, “Management information Base for Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets: MIB-II”...
  • Page 926: Snmptraps

    snmpTraps snmpTraps Sends or displays SNMP traps. Synopsis snmptraps --send [-trap_name trap_name] [-ip_address ip_address] snmptraps --show snmptraps --help Description Use this command to generate specific Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps, to test the trap recipient, and to validate Management Information Base (MIB) objects and associated traps that are supported in Fabric OS.
  • Page 927 snmpTraps To display the traps and MIBs supported in Fabric OS: switch:admin> snmpTraps --show |Mib Name |Supported Traps ---|----------------|-------------------------------- 001|SW-MIB |sw-track-changes-trap |sw-fabric-watch-trap |sw-fc-port-scn |ip-v6-change-trap |sw-pmgr-event-trap |sw-event-trap |sw-fabric-reconfig-trap |sw-fabric-segment-trap 002|FICON-MIB |link-rnid-device-registration |link-rnid-device-deregistration |link-lirr-listerner-added |link-lirr-listerner-removed |link-rlir-failure-incident 003|FA-MIB |conn-unit-status-change |conn-unit-sensor-status-change |conn-unit-port-status-change |conn-unit-event-trap 004|RFC1157 |cold-restart-trap |warm-restart-trap |if-link-up-trap...
  • Page 928: Spinfab

    Especially with trunking groups, all eight possible frames are used unless there is extensive traffic running on the link. The payload sizes of those eight frames are 1024, 12, 8, 1024, 512, 1024, 12, and 1024. Notes On switches running Fabric OS v6.4.0 and later, you can now use spinFab to test ports that...
  • Page 929 spinFab • F_Ports connected to an HBA. The following ports do not support the spinFab test: • Interchassis links (ICL) ports • F_Ports connected to an Access Gateway • EX_Ports • E_Ports connected to EX_Ports • If Access Gateway mode is enabled, spinFab tests only the F_Ports connected to Brocade-branded HBAs and skips all other ports (F_Ports connected to non-Brocade branded HBAs and N_Ports).
  • Page 930 spinFab Examples To test cascading ISLs: switch:admin> spinfab -ports 1/0 - 1/2 spinfab running... spinfab: Completed 11 megs, status: passed. port 0 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 1 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 2 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed.
  • Page 931: Sshutil

    sshUtil sshUtil Manages public key authentication. Synopsis sshutil allowuser user name sshutil showuser sshutil importpubkey sshutil showpubkeys sshutil delpubkeys sshutil genkey sshutil exportpubkey sshutil delprivkey sshutil help Description Use this command to enable and manage SSH public key authentication on a switch. SSH public key authentication provides a mechanism for authenticating an authorized user without a password.
  • Page 932 sshUtil Operands This command supports the following operands: allowuser user name Configures the specified user to perform public key authentication and all related management operations. This operation can only be performed by the default admin. The default admin is, by default, a configured user. Only one user can be configured at any given time.
  • Page 933 sshUtil genkey prompts for user input on the following parameters: passphrase Accepts a string of arbitrary length. This operand is optional, but creating a pass-phrase is strongly recommended. Good pass phrases are 10-30 characters long, are not simple sentences or otherwise easily guessable and contain a mix of upper and lowercase letters, numbers, and nonalphanumeric characters.
  • Page 934 sshUtil Password: public key is imported successfully. 3. Connect to switch using remote ssh client with the -i private_key option: username@remotehost> ssh username@switch IP address -i id_dsa To display the imported public keys on a switch: switch:username> sshutil showpubkeys user's public keys ssh-dss AAAAB3NzaC1kc3MAAACBANXuRsJoIA0PFJtGuZVLfqvfSrDYPplWuFouOmTcmuNvpTnd+yoZ u3C/lAu930HLTmhfxeke/NWRIdj2MJS8yTf30a0u4bf9MSNB8Pt453P/+7VHHxNBYsh+Z++Dv1hfcTeb 0s53bdf7jyYSUdj1k+w//sNTaz0DCs0+rimo4l2NAAAAFQDCuHKRctSHD8PRYu5Ee1yWCQKT/wAAAIAo...
  • Page 935: Statsclear

    statsClear statsClear Clears port and diagnostic statistics. Synopsis statsclear [--slot slot][-uports itemlist][-bports itemlist][-use_bports value] Description Use this command to clear the port and diagnostics statistics for the specified list of blade or user ports. You can issue this command on the FR4-18i blade in a Brocade chassis; however, the command is not supported by the Brocade platform and does not affect any other feature operations.
  • Page 936: Stopporttest

    stopPortTest stopPortTest Terminates the running portTest. Synopsis stopporttest [-ports itemlist] Description Use this command to terminate the portTest command. Refer to the portTest help page for more information. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 937: Supportffdc

    supportFfdc supportFfdc Modifies or displays the first-fault data capture (FFDC) daemon. Synopsis supportffdc [--disable | --enable | --show] Description Use this command to disable or enable the FFDC events, or to display the current configuration. If disabled, the daemon does not capture any data even when a message with FFDC attributes is logged.
  • Page 938: Supportftp

    supportFtp supportFtp Sets, clears, or displays support FTP parameters and enables or disables auto file transfer. Synopsis supportftp [-S] supportftp -s [-h host][-u username][-p password][-d remotedirectory] supportftp -t hours supportftp -R supportftp -e supportftp -d Description Use this command to set, clear, or display support FTP parameters. The parameters set by this command are used by the supportSave and traceDump commands.
  • Page 939 Examples To set the FTP parameters: switch:admin> supportftp -s -h 1080::8:800:200C:417A -u njoe -p password -d support supportftp: ftp parameters changed. To display the FTP parameters: switch:admin> supportftp Host IP Addr: 1080::8:800:200C:417A User name: njoe Remote Dir: support FTP Auto check: Off To set FTP parameters interactively: switch:admin>...
  • Page 940: Supportsave

    supportSave supportSave Saves RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, core file, FFDC data, and other support information Synopsis supportsave supportsave [-n] [-c] [-k] [-u user_name -p password -h host_ip -d remote_dir -l protocol] supportsave [-R] supportsave [-U -d remote_dir] supportsave [-t timeout_multiplier] Description Use this command to collect RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, core file, FFDC data and other support information to a remote FTP location.
  • Page 941 supportSave Specifies that the supportFtp auto file transfer configuration transfer only core and FFDC files in noninteractive mode. -u user_name Specifies the user name for the FTP or SCP server. This operand is optional; if omitted, anonymous FTP is used. -p password Specifies the password for the FTP or SCP server.
  • Page 942 supportSave Saving support information for chassis:HL_5100_66, module:RAS... Saving support information for chassis:HL_5100_66, module:TRACE_OLD... Saving support information for chassis:HL_5100_66, module:TRACE_NEW... Saving support information for chassis:HL_5100_66, module:FABRIC... Saving support information for chassis:HL_5100_66, module:CORE_FFDC... Saving support information for chassis:HL_5100_66, module:DIAG... Saving support information for chassis:HL_5100_66, module:RTE... Saving support information for chassis:HL_5100_66, module:ISCSID_DBG...
  • Page 943 supportSave Saving support information for chassis:ras020_chassis, module:SSHOW_PLOG..Saving support information for chassis:ras020_chassis, module:SSHOW_OS........Saving support information for chassis:ras020_chassis, module:SSHOW_EX..Saving support information for chassis:ras020_chassis, module:SSHOW_FABRIC..(output truncated) See Also supportShow, supportFTP Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 944: Supportshow

    supportShow supportShow Displays switch information for debugging purposes. Synopsis supportshow [[slot/]port1[-port2]] [lines] Description Use this command to display support information from groups of preselected Fabric OS and Linux commands and other support and debugging information. You can specify a port or a range of ports for which to display this information.
  • Page 945 supportShow Output generated by this command may vary by switch configuration and platform. Output may change without notice. Operands This command has the following operands: slot On bladed systems only, specifies a slot number, followed by a slash (/). port1[-por2] Specifies a port or a range of ports for which to display supportShow information.
  • Page 946 supportShow ------------------------------------------------- Sat Dec 5 23:54:37 2009 23:54:37.560 FCPH read 02fffc23,00fffc19,bb000000,00000000,04 3401bb 23:54:37.560 FCPH 20290000,043401bb,00000722,0000001c,00 000000 23:54:37.560 msd0 ctin 0001f007,00000000 23:54:37.561 msd0 ctout 00018001,0009f300 (output truncated) See Also supportFtp, supportSave, supportShowCfgDisable, supportShowCfgEnable, supportShowCfgShow, traceDump Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 947: Supportshowcfgdisable

    supportShowCfgDisable supportShowCfgDisable Disables a group of commands under the supportShow command. Synopsis supportshowcfgdisable os | exception | port | fabric | services | security | network | portlog | systemextend | filter | perfmon | ficon | iswitch | asic_db |iscsi | ficon | ag | dce_hsl | crypto | fcip Description Use this command to disable a group of commands under the supportShow command.
  • Page 948 supportShowCfgDisable Examples To disable the OS group of commands under the supportShow command: switch:admin> supportshowcfgdisable os Config update Succeeded See Also supportShow, supportShowCfgEnable, supportShowCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 949: Supportshowcfgenable

    supportShowCfgEnable supportShowCfgEnable Enables a group of commands to be displayed under the supportShow command. Synopsis supportshowcfgenable os | exception | port | fabric | services | security | network | portlog | system | extend | filter | perfmon | ficon | iswitch | asic_db |ag | dce_hsl |crypto | fcip Description Use this command to enable a group of commands to be displayed under the supportShow command.
  • Page 950 supportShowCfgEnable Examples To enable a group of commands under the supportShow command: switch:admin> supportshowcfgenable os Config update Succeeded See Also supportShow, supportShowCfgDisable, supportShowCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 951: Supportshowcfgshow

    supportShowCfgShow supportShowCfgShow Displays the groups of commands enabled for display by the supportShow command. Synopsis supportshowcfgshow Description Use this command to display the groups of commands enabled for display by the supportShow command. Use the supportShowCfgEnable and the supportShowCfgDisable commands to modify which groups are displayed.
  • Page 952 supportShowCfgShow asic_db enabled iscsi enabled fcip enabled enabled dce_hsl enabled See Also supportShow, supportShowCfgDisable, supportShowCfgEnable Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 953: Switchbeacon

    switchBeacon switchBeacon Sets switch beaconing mode on or off. Synopsis switchbeacon [mode] Description Use this command to enable or disable switch beaconing mode. Switch beaconing can be used to locate a failing unit. When beaconing mode is turned on, the port LEDs flash amber, left to right and right to left, from port 0 to the highest port number and back to port 0.
  • Page 954: Switchcfgpersistentdisable

    switchCfgPersistentDisable switchCfgPersistentDisable Disables a switch persistently. Synopsis switchcfgpersistentdisable Description Use this command to persistently disable the switch. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. If the switch was part of a fabric, the remaining switches reconfigure. The switch remains disabled even after a reboot.
  • Page 955: Switchcfgpersistentenable

    switchCfgPersistentEnable switchCfgPersistentEnable Enables a switch persistently. Synopsis switchcfgpersistentenable Description Use this command to persistently enable a persistently disabled switch. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled and come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected.
  • Page 956: Switchcfgspeed

    The port is set at a fixed speed of 2 Gbps. The port is set at a fixed speed of 4 Gbps. The port is set at a fixed speed of 8 Gbps. Examples To set the autosensing mode for all ports on a switch: switch:admin>...
  • Page 957: Switchcfgtrunk

    switchCfgTrunk switchCfgTrunk Enables or disables trunking on all the ports of a switch. Synopsis switchcfgtrunk mode Description Use this command to enable or disable trunking on all the ports of a switch. Use portCfgTrunkPort to enable or disable trunking on a single port. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the ports to which the configuration applies are disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration.
  • Page 958: Switchdisable

    switchDisable switchDisable Disables all user ports on a switch. Synopsis switchdisable Description Use this command to disable all user ports on a switch. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. If the switch was part of a fabric, the remaining switches reconfigure. As each port is disabled, the front panel LED changes to a slow flashing yellow.
  • Page 959: Switchenable

    switchEnable switchEnable Enables all user ports on a switch. Synopsis switchenable Description Use this command to enable all user ports on a switch. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self test (POST) are enabled. They can come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected.
  • Page 960: Switchname

    switchName switchName Displays or sets the switch name. Synopsis switchname [name] Description Use this command to display or set the switch name. All switches have a symbolic name that is primarily used for switch management. This name is shown in the Fabric OS CLI prompt, under each switch icon in Web Tools, and in the output of various Fabric OS commands, such as fabricShow.
  • Page 961: Switchshow

    switchShow switchShow Displays switch and port status. Synopsis switchshow switchshow [-slot slot] -portname switchshow [-portcount |-iscsi] Description Use this command to display switch, blade, and port status information. Output may vary depending on the switch model. When used without operands, switchShow displays the following information: switchName Switch name.
  • Page 962 2 Gbps fixed transfer speed 2 Gbps negotiated transfer speed 4 Gbps fixed transfer speed 4 Gbps negotiated transfer speed 8 Gbps fixed transfer speed 8 Gbps negotiated transfer speed 10 Gbps fixed transfer speed 10 Gbps negotiated transfer speed...
  • Page 963 switchShow No_Sync The module is receiving light but is out of sync. In_Sync The module is receiving light and in sync. Laser_Flt The module is signaling a laser fault. Port_Flt The port is marked faulty. Diag_Flt The port failed diagnostics. Lock_Ref The port is locking to the reference signal.
  • Page 964 switchShow (downstream) The E_Port is a downstream path away from the principal switch of the fabric. Persistently Disabled This port has been disabled with the portCfgPersistentDisable command. FICON Persistent DID This port has been disabled, because the switch could not obtain its configuration domain ID during the fabric reconfiguration when fmsmode was enabled.
  • Page 965 switchShow On the Brocade 8000, the Proto column identifies the FCoE ports of the switch. For all FCoE ports, the speed is 10 Gbps. The default configuration of an FCoE port is an F_Port configuration. After a successful reboot switchShow displays all FCoE ports as online. For each FCoE port, the FCoE controller WWN is shown.
  • Page 966 switchShow FC Router BB Fabric ID: 1 Area Port Media Speed State Proto ===================================== No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module Online F-Port 10:00:00:05:1e:53:2c:54 0x690105 (AoQ) Online F-Port 10:00:00:05:1e:56:5f:a9 0x690107 (AoQ) Online F-Port 10:00:00:05:1e:56:5f:a8 0x690106 (AoQ) No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Module No_Light...
  • Page 967 switchShow switchWwn: 10:00:00:60:69:80:04:92 zoning: ON (testcfg1) switchBeacon: FC Router: Allow XISL use: ON LS Attributes: [FID: 10, Base Switch: No, Default Switch: No, Address Mode 0] Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto =================================================== 32f180 No_Module 32f280 No_Module 32f380 No_Module 32f480 No_Module...
  • Page 968 switchShow To display blade information and port names: switch:admin> switchshow -slot 5 -portname FC Router: Allow XISL Use: OFF LS Attributes:[FID: 128, Base Switch: No, Default Switch: Yes, Address Mode 0] Slot Blade Type Status ------------------------------------------------- COREBLADE ENABLED Index Slot Port Name =================================================== MyName_portname0...
  • Page 969 switchShow • The sfpshow output for the same switch displays the serial number for the SFP. [...] Port 31: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: UAF1081800000MK Speed: 200,400,800_MB/s Port 32: -- [...] See Also portCfgLongDistance, switchDisable, switchEnable, switchName Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 970: Switchstatuspolicyset

    switchStatusPolicySet switchStatusPolicySet Sets the policy parameters that determine overall switch status. Synopsis switchstatuspolicyset Description Use this command to set policy parameters for calculating the overall status of the switch enclosure. The policy parameter values determine how many failed or faulty units of each contributor are allowed before triggering a status change in the switch from HEALTHY to MARGINAL or DOWN.
  • Page 971 Down CP contributing to DOWN status: (0..2) [0] Down CP contributing to MARGINAL status: (0..2) [1] Down Blade contributing to DOWN status: (0..8) [0] Down Blade contributing to MARGINAL status: (0..8) [1] Down CoreBlade contributing to DOWN status: (0..2) [0] 1 Down CoreBlade contributing to MARGINAL status: (0..2) [1]...
  • Page 972: Switchstatuspolicyshow

    switchStatusPolicyShow switchStatusPolicyShow Displays the policy parameters that determine overall switch status. Synopsis switchstatuspolicyshow Description Use this command to view the current policy parameters set for the switch. These policy parameters determine the number of failed or nonoperational units allowed for each contributor before triggering a status change in the switch.
  • Page 973 switchStatusPolicyShow Flash MarginalPorts FaultyPorts MissingSFPs See Also switchStatusPolicySet, switchStatusShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 974: Switchstatusshow

    To retrieve a switch health report for a switch that is configured with an IPv6 address: switch:user> switchstatusshow Switch Health Report Report time: 09/11/2006 05:39:28 PM Switch Name: switch IP address: 1080::8:800:200C:417A SwitchState: MARGINAL Duration: 80:12 Power supplies monitor HEALTHY Temperatures monitor...
  • Page 975 switchStatusShow Missing SFPs monitor HEALTHY All ports are healthy To retrieve a switch health report for a switch that is configured with an IPv4 address: switch:user> switchstatusshow Switch Health Report Report time: 09/11/2006 05:39:28 PM Switch Name: switch IP address: 10.32.89.26 SwitchState: MARGINAL...
  • Page 976: Switchuptime

    switchUptime switchUptime Displays the amount of time the switch has been operating. Synopsis switchuptime Description Use this command to display the current time and the amount of time that the switch has been operational. Note The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 977: Switchviolation

    switchViolation switchViolation Dumps the DCC violations for a switch. Synopsis switchViolation --dump -dcc Description Use this command to display all Device Connection Control (DCC) violations that have occurred on a switch. Internally the command searches "errdumpall" for the DCC violations. For each DCC violation, the command displays the device WWN and the port where the violation occurred.
  • Page 978: Syslogdfacility

    syslogdFacility syslogdFacility Sets or displays the syslog facility. Synopsis syslogdFacility [-l level] Description Use this command to set the syslog facility to a specified log file, or use this command without operands to display the current syslog facility. The syslog daemon (syslogd) reads and forwards system messages to the log file specified by this command.
  • Page 979: Syslogdipadd

    Specifies the IP address of the server running syslogd in IPv4 or IPv6 format. Examples To add an IP address to the list of machines to which system messages are sent: switch:admin> syslogdipadd 1080::8:800:200C:417A switch:admin> syslogdipshow syslog.1 1080::8:800:200C:417A To add a second IP address to the existing syslogd server configuration: switch:admin>...
  • Page 980: Syslogdipremove

    Operands This command has the following operand: ip_address Specifies the IP address of the server running syslogd. Examples To remove the IP address 1080::8:800:200C:417A from the list of machines to which system messages are sent: switch:admin> syslogdipshow syslog.1 1080::8:800:200C:417A switch:admin> syslogdipremove 1080::8:800:200C:417A...
  • Page 981: Syslogdipshow

    Refer to chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Operands none Examples To display all syslog daemon IP addresses configured on a switch: switch:admin> syslogdipshow syslog.1 1080::8:800:200C:417A See Also errShow, syslogdFacility, syslogdIpAdd, syslogdIpRemove Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001764-02...
  • Page 982: Sysmonitor

    sysMonitor sysMonitor Configures Fabric Watch thresholds for the SFP, fabric, filter, security, and EE monitor classes and monitors memory and system resources.. Synopsis sysmonitor --config class -area area [-highthreshold -value value] [-trigger above | below -action actions] [-lowthreshold -value value][-trigger above | below -action actions] [-buffer value] [-nosave] sysmonitor --apply class -area area [-action_level def | cust] [-thresh_level def | cust]...
  • Page 983 sysMonitor Fabric Watch thresholds vary depending on the class and platform. Refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator’s Guide for defaults and configuration guidelines. Note Execution of this command requires a Fabric Watch License. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 984 sysMonitor none Event triggers no action. -buffer value Specifies the buffer value for in-range behavior. A buffer defines a zone within which event criteria are met, rather than a single threshold value. This operand is optional with the -trigger options and valid only with these options. -nosave Prevents the configuration changes from being saved persistently.
  • Page 985 sysMonitor When used to configure CPU monitoring, specify a value in the 1-100 range. When CPU usage exceeds the limit a Fabric Watch alert is triggered. The default CPU limit is 50% for the Brocade 48000 and 75% for all other platforms.
  • Page 986 sysMonitor To display the Fabric Watch configuration for temperature: switch:admin>sysmonitor --show env -area temp Class: ENV Area : TEMP ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High Custom: TimeBase: None Value : 65 Trigger : Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Default: TimeBase: None Value...
  • Page 987 sysMonitor Custom: TimeBase: None Value : 100 Trigger : Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Trigger : Below Action: Raslog Default: TimeBase: None Value : 90 Trigger : Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Trigger : Below Action: Raslog Low: Custom: TimeBase: None Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Default: TimeBase: None...
  • Page 988: Sysshutdown

    Are you sure you want to shutdown the switch [y/n]?y HA is disabled Shutting down blade in slot:1, IP addr:127.1.14.2 Shutting down blade in slot:8, IP addr:127.1.14.9 Shutting down OCP at:0.0.0.0 Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Wed Nov 5 19:03:06 2008...
  • Page 989 sysShutDown To attempt a system shutdown from the standby CP (not supported): switch:admin> sysshutdown Shut down the whole system is not support from the standby CP For shut down the whole system please run the sysshutdown from the active CP See Also haDisable Fabric OS Command Reference...
  • Page 990: Tempshow

    tempShow tempShow Displays temperature readings. Synopsis tempshow Description Use this command to display the current temperature readings of all temperature sensors in a switch. For each sensor, this command displays the slot number (if applicable), the sensor state, and the temperature. The temperature readings are given in both Centigrade and Fahrenheit. Notes The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 991: Thconfig

    thConfig thConfig Configures Fabric Watch thresholds for the SFP, fabric, filter, security and EE monitor classes. Synopsis thconfig --set class-area area [-timebase time_base] [-highthreshold -value value -trigger above | below -action actions] [-lowthreshold -value value -trigger above | below -action actions] [-buffer value][-nosave] thconfig --apply class-area area [-thresh_level def | cust] [-alarm_level def| cust]...
  • Page 992 thConfig -area area Specifies the area that can be configured for a specified class. This operand is optional with the --show option and required with all configuration options. Areas are specific to each class. The following classes and associated areas are configurable with the thConfig command. Classes and areas are not case sensitive.
  • Page 993 thConfig FILTER Monitors the Filter Performance Monitor class. Valid areas for the filter class include the following: customer-defined Customer defined performance areas. You can specify any filter monitor to be tracked by Fabric Watch. Refer to the fmConfig command for more information.
  • Page 994 thConfig email Event triggers an e-mail. poortlog Event triggers a port log entry none Event triggers no action. -buffer value Specifies the buffer value for in range behavior. A buffer defines a zone within which event criteria are met, rather than a single threshold value. This operand is valid only with the -trigger options.
  • Page 995 thConfig Examples To set custom thresholds for the SFP class and temperature area: switch:admin> thconfig --set sfp -area temp -highthreshold -value 32 -trigger above -action email switch:admin> tthconfig --set sfp -area temp -highthreshold -trigger below -action raslog switch:admin> thconfig --set sfp -area temp -lowthreshold -value 0 -trigger above -action raslog switch:admin>...
  • Page 996 thConfig Area : RXP ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High Custom: TimeBase: None Value : 5000 Trigger : Above Action: Raslog Trigger : Below Action: None Default: TimeBase: None Value : 5000 Trigger : Above Action: Raslog Trigger : Below Action: None Low: Custom: TimeBase: None...
  • Page 997 |000011|n/a |384 |InRange |TXP |000016|n/a |337 |InRange |TXP |000017|n/a |332 |InRange |TXP |000018|n/a |377 |InRange |TXP |000019|n/a |355 |InRange |CURRENT|000000|n/a |8 |InRange |CURRENT|000001|n/a |8 |InRange |CURRENT|000002|n/a |8 |InRange |CURRENT|000003|n/a |5 |InRange |CURRENT|000009|n/a |7 |InRange |CURRENT|000010|n/a |9 |InRange |CURRENT|000011|n/a |8 |InRange...
  • Page 998 thConfig To display valid areas for all classes: switch:admin> thconfig --show -only_area ClassName|Area ---------|--------------- Fabric |TXP |RXP |Current |Voltage |Temp security |TV | IC |ISB |IV] filter |CUSDEF |RXP |TXP To display valid areas for the Fabric class: switch:admin> thconfig --show fabric -only_area ClassName|Area ---------|--------------- Fabric...
  • Page 999: Timeout

    timeOut timeOut Sets or displays the idle timeout value for a login session. Synopsis timeout [timeval] Description Use this command without an operand to display the current timeout value (in minutes) after which idle logins are automatically terminated. Use this command with the timeval operand to set the login timeout value to the specified interval. A value of 0 disables timeout of login sessions.
  • Page 1000: Topologyshow

    topologyShow topologyShow Displays the unicast fabric topology. Synopsis topologyshow [domain] Description Use this command to display the fabric topology as it appears to the local switch. The display varies depending on the hardware configuration. The following rules apply: 1. On all switches, the command displays the number of domains in the fabric and the local Domain IDs.

Table of Contents